IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 IM 
 
 IM 
 
 11= 
 U ill 1.6 
 
 U^ 12.8 
 
 ■ 50 ""■* 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 4? 
 
 f\^^ 
 
 # 
 
 \\ 
 
 ^9) 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
'«/ 
 
 C3HM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 I 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / (nstitut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 <\ 
 
 ;V 
 
Technical and BibUographic Notas/Notas tachniquas at bibliographiquas 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may altar any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 □ Covers damaged/ 
 Couverture endommagte 
 
 I I Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 Couverture restaurie et/ou pelliculAe 
 
 Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titrv de couverture manque 
 
 Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes gtegraphiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 Coloured plates and/or iHustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relii avec d'autres documents 
 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 D 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La re liure serrie peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distorsion la long de la marge intirieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties 
 lors d'une restauration apparaivsent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela etait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6tA filmAes. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires supplementaires: 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ la meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a M possible de se procurer. Lss details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reprodutte, ou qui peuvent exigar une 
 modification dans la mithode normale de filmage 
 sont indiquAs ci-dessous. 
 
 |~n Coloured pages/ 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagies 
 
 □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restauraes et/ou pellicuiies 
 
 . Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 ^ Pages dicolor^es, tacheties ou piqu^as 
 
 □Pages detached/ 
 Pages d6tach6es 
 
 ^/ 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 Quality inigale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel supplementaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Mition disponible 
 
 n 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been rcfilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Lea pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuiilet d'arrata, une peiure, 
 etc., ont iti filmtes d nouveau de fa^on d 
 obtenir fa meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filmi au taux de rMuction ittdiquA ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 J 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 26X 
 
 XX 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 D 
 
 32X 
 
•e 
 
 trails 
 IS du 
 nodifier 
 ir una 
 ilmage 
 
 The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Seminary of Quebec 
 Library 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 L'exemplaire filmi fut reproduit gr&ce it la 
 gin^rositi de: 
 
 Siminaire de Quebec 
 Bibliothique 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6X6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettet6 de l'exemplaire filmi, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 IS 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres> 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated iriipression. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimAe sont fiim^s en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 derniire page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'iilustration, soit par le second 
 plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont film6s en commen^ant par la 
 premiere page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'iilustration et en terminant par 
 la derniire page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 The l£it recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol — ^> (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants appsraltra sur la 
 derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symboEe — *> signifie "A SUIVRE ", ie 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 trrata 
 to 
 
 peiure, 
 n d 
 
 n 
 
 32X 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 Las cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent fttre 
 filmAs 6 des taux de reduction diffArents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 A partir 
 de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images nicessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la m^thode. 
 
 1 2 3 
 
 4 5 6 
 
^{oLd 
 
 GRAFTON'S 
 
 Word AND SentencpjBook. 
 
 A PRACTICAL SPELLER 
 
 Designed to Teach the Form, P 
 Meaning, and Use of Commo 
 
 Wonh are things, and a small drop of Ink, j 
 Falling like dew upon a thought, produces / 
 That which makes thousands, perhaps niillioW,lhi 
 
 MONTREAL 
 F. E. GRAFTON & SONS 
 
 1899 
 
^'^l^^'iZTnf":^ '"J"' "' Parliament of Dominion of Canada, In the 
 Office of tlie Minister of Agriculture, in tiie year im, by 
 
 F. E. GRAFTON & SONS, 
 
 MONTREAJ. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 The essentials of a Spelling-Fiook are : 
 
 1. A collection of practical words. 
 
 2. A progressive order of exercises. 
 
 3. Form, pronunciation, meaning, and use of words taught together. 
 
 4. Words presented in sentences and related groups ; as the sentence! 
 
 not the word, is the unit of thought. 
 
 5. Sentences:— examples of good English, containing useful informa- 
 
 tion, sound moral principles, and ennobling sentiments. 
 
 6. Lessons of a character to interest, in order to instruct. 
 
 STEPS IN A SPELLING LESSON 
 
 1. Lesson read orally. 
 
 2. Drill on certain sounds. 
 
 3. Drill on pronunciation of difficult words. 
 
 4. Words containing silent letters and equivalents representing ele. 
 
 mentary sounds, written on board, line drawn through silent 
 letters, and attention called to equivalents. 
 
 5. Words used in original sentences. 
 
 6. Words of similar meaning given. 
 
 7. W^ords of similar meaning used in sentences in place of original 
 
 words. 
 
 8. Words of opposite meaning given. 
 
 9. Lesson written. 
 
 10. Words spelled orally. 
 
 11. Lesson written from dictation. 
 
 Teachers can use their own judgment as to the number of these 
 steps a class is required to take. 
 Practice should be given under each rule until pupils can apc.y it 
 It was not found convenient to arrange all the exercises in an order 
 to be followed invariably. The Definitions, Sound Chart, and Exer- 
 nises m the Use of the Diacritical Marks, are introduced before Part 
 1., as the pupil will have frequent occasion to refer to them The 
 pnncipal list of Abbreviations, Foreign Words and Phrases, and other 
 exercises have been included in Part IV., but are to be taken up in 
 part or as a whole, at the discretion of the teacher. 
 
(iRAFTON'S WOIiD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 Definitions 
 
 Th© Towela are a, e. 1, o, u, and w and j when equivalent 
 to u and I respectively. 
 
 The consonants are b, c, d, f, gr, h, j, k, 1, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, 
 
 ?, X, z, and w or y before a vowel sound in the same syllable. 
 
 A vowel is a letter which represents a full and uninter- 
 rupted sound of the human voice. 
 
 A consonant is a letter which represents a sound modified 
 by some interruption during its passage through the organs 
 of speech. 
 
 A diphthong is a union of two vowels in one syllable ; as, 
 vain, brow. 
 
 A triphthong is a union of three vowels in one syllable ; 
 as, adieu, eye. 
 
 Equivalents are 1 iters having the same sound ; as, ea and 
 ©e in steal and steel. 
 
 Accent is a greater force of voice upon some particular 
 syllable of a word distinguishing it from the others. 
 
 Words are signs of ideas ; as, oranges, grow, delicious. 
 
 A syllable is a letter or combination of letters sounded at 
 a single effort of the voice ; as, ve-169'-i-pt"de. 
 
 A monosyllable is a word of one syllable ; as, I, do, 
 gun. 
 
 A dissyllable is a word of two syllables ; as, wag'on. 
 
 A trisyllable is a word of three syllables ; as, el'e phant. 
 
 A polysyllable is a word of four or more syllables ; as, 
 rhi noc'e ros, hip po pot'a mus. 
 
 A primitive word is one not formed from any other word 
 in the language ; as,. man, love. 
 
 A derivative word is one formed from some other word ; 
 as, un man,' lovely, 
 
 A simple word is one not composed of other words ; as, 
 knife, pen, road, horse, rail. 
 
 A compound word is one composed of two or more words ; 
 as, pen'knife, horse'-rail'road. 
 
 
GliAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 Sound Chart 
 
 Vowels 
 
 a as in ale 
 a " add 
 
 a ' 
 
 a 
 
 arm 
 all 
 
 A as in fare 
 a '' fast 
 e " eve 
 6 *' ebb 
 
 (i as in 6rr 
 i " ice 
 i " ill 
 o " ode 
 
 d as in 6dd 
 
 u 
 
 U 
 
 u 
 
 (( 
 
 t< 
 
 it 
 
 use 
 
 V 
 
 us 
 6rn 
 
 a,*, t/i, A denote modified long) ja, e denote ob- 
 sounds in unaccented syllables. \ \ scure sounds. 
 
 Diphthongs 
 
 <5o as in moon 
 
 (jb 
 
 it 
 
 moon ) j oi or oy (unmarked), as in oil, oyster 
 
 look j ( OU '^ OW '^ " nnf. nwl 
 
 out, owl 
 
 
 b as in rib 
 
 d 
 f 
 
 g 
 h 
 
 <c 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 hid 
 life 
 get 
 hop 
 
 joy 
 
 CONSONANTS 
 
 k as in kite 
 pale 
 hum 
 fun 
 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 n 
 
 P 
 r 
 
 <i 
 
 pipe 
 run 
 
 s as in yes 
 t '' tent 
 " live 
 
 V 
 
 \v 
 
 y 
 
 z 
 
 we 
 
 ye 
 
 froze 
 
 ch 
 sh 
 th 
 
 as in nng 
 *^ rich 
 '' fish 
 " thin 
 thee 
 
 t( 
 
 wh(^^> " white 
 
 a = 6 as in what 
 th^re 
 they 
 police 
 girl 
 son 
 move 
 wolf 
 fdrm 
 
 e = a 
 e = a 
 i = e 
 i=S 
 
 0=:U 
 = 00 
 = (f0 
 
 6-a 
 
 (< 
 
 << 
 
 a 
 a 
 a 
 
 Equivalents 
 u = (K) as in rule 
 
 U = 00 
 
 y = i 
 3^ = 1 
 
 y = 6 
 
 9 = s 
 
 € = k 
 
 9h = sh 
 eh = k 
 
 put 
 style 
 myth 
 m^rh 
 9ent 
 eat 
 
 Qhaise 
 " i'horus 
 
 i( 
 
 iC 
 
 (( 
 
 ii 
 
 a 
 
 g = 3 as m gem 
 
 laugh 
 phase 
 ink 
 
 gh = f '' 
 ph = f *' 
 
 n = ng " 
 
 § = z "^ 
 qu = kw -"^ queen 
 qu = k " pique 
 
 x = k8 *' box 
 
 ? = g3 •• ejist 
 
6 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 Exercises in the Use of the Diacritical Marb 
 
 Copy the table below and learn the marks and their names. 
 
 — The macron, 
 ^ " breve, 
 
 tt 
 
 ft 
 
 two dots, 
 dot, 
 
 ^ ** circumflex, 
 ~ *' tilde, 
 bar. 
 
 t( 
 
 i " cedilla, 
 ■^ " st(,spe?ided bar, 
 ' " accent. 
 
 as in ale, Cve, ice, old, use, my 
 " a.xe, (5iid, Inn, odd, up, 
 
 myth 
 " fatlier, police, all, dg, r\}de 
 ** ask, s6n, what, wolf, bull, 
 
 gem 
 ** shdre, where, 6rder, ftrn 
 Ormine, virgin, mj^rrh 
 gift, eake, chord, thee, 
 
 sink, prey 
 (?ity, ghaise 
 " muge, e$ist, eenftte 
 " dishke', sail'or, im'i tate, 
 Bu per in tend' 
 
 a 
 tt 
 
 tt 
 
 (1) Write the word ; (3) pronounce it distinctly ; (3) name the silent 
 letters and cancel them ; (4) name the vowels not silent ; (5) give their 
 sounds ; (G) mark those requiring a mark to indicate their sounds. 
 
 finl^ 
 
 lute 
 
 note 
 
 mete 
 
 glaze 
 
 fall 
 
 • • 
 
 talk 
 haul 
 tomb 
 brute 
 
 ill 
 
 Mrl 
 
 haif 
 
 tub 
 odd 
 add 
 met 
 
 sort 
 urge 
 share 
 where 
 
 palm 
 pique 
 laugh 
 po lice 
 
 donfei 
 
 what 
 
 • 
 
 fern 
 
 grass 
 
 worn an 
 
 thirst 
 
 dance 
 
 wal low 
 
 verge 
 
 worry 
 
 wan der 
 
 her mit 
 
 branch 
 
 full ness 
 
 myr tie 
 
 • ' 
 
 H 
 
my 
 lip, 
 
 ♦ r 
 
 
 r .1 
 
 GKAFTON'S WOKD AND SKxVTENCK BOOK 7 
 
 (1) Write the word ; (2) pronounce it distinctly ; (3) name tlie silent 
 letters and cancel them ; (4) name the consonants not silent ; (5) give 
 their sounds; (G) mark those requiring u mark to indicate their sounds. 
 
 yed^ 
 
 efdi 
 
 get 
 
 gem 
 
 acid 
 
 zinc 
 
 gift 
 
 gi ant 
 
 ci der 
 
 ech 
 
 ti ger 
 
 gen tie 
 
 mer cy 
 
 crown 
 
 be gin 
 
 en gine 
 
 ma chine 
 
 Click 00 
 
 gim let 
 
 gen der 
 
 hag 
 
 that 
 
 ink 
 
 e$ ist 
 
 was 
 
 thine 
 
 link 
 
 ex alt 
 
 prism 
 
 smooth 
 
 drink 
 
 ex ert 
 
 choose 
 
 with er 
 
 un cle 
 
 exhale 
 
 a muse 
 
 breathe 
 
 fin ger 
 
 ex am pie 
 
 Write the words, mark the accented syllables, silent letters, vowels 
 and consonants. Vowels having an obscure sound in unaccented 
 syllables may be left unmarked. 
 
 \^(llst 
 
 limbs 
 hymn 
 school 
 clos et 
 isl and 
 vict uals 
 walk inof 
 fore head 
 fright ful 
 po ta toes 
 
 J6h,u 
 thigh 
 CO coa 
 
 gyp sy 
 
 bo som 
 ex cept 
 dis ease 
 cur tain 
 isth mus 
 lie o rice 
 del i cate 
 
 ally' 
 a I'e a 
 cy cle 
 ro bust 
 palm er 
 rac coon 
 Sep a rate 
 nom i nee 
 beef steak / 
 an tip o des 
 knowl eds^e 
 
 Similar exercises should be continued until the pupils 
 iar with the use of the diacritical marks. 
 
 a^nt 
 ex act 
 re cess 
 tongue 
 greas y 
 des sert 
 ca price 
 di vi sor 
 her o ine 
 feni i nine 
 vac ci nate 
 
 become famil> 
 
I 
 
PART I 
 
 Copy : 
 
 ^^Do your. best, your very best, 
 And do it every day, 
 Little l)oy and little drl • 
 That is the wisest way." 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Here are twenty words to spell. 
 Is your pencil sharp? Write 
 the lesson on a clean slate. 
 
 / i: 
 
 I 
 
 your 
 
 tour 
 
 here 
 
 mere 
 
 sharp 
 
 • 
 
 harp 
 
 way 
 
 say 
 
 write 
 
 site 
 
 spell 
 
 dell 
 
 (jleau 
 slate 
 
 mean 
 state 
 
 ver y 
 girl 
 
 mer ry 
 
 ; whirl 
 9 
 
10 
 
 
 
 GEAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 3— a, hat 
 
 The bell rang at 9 o'clock 
 That is a hat for you. 
 My map is on the desk. 
 Where is Jack's cap? 
 
 rat 
 
 back 
 
 dank 
 
 fat 
 
 mat 
 
 sat 
 
 lack 
 
 rank 
 
 mas ter 
 man gle 
 happy 
 sam pie 
 dam ^^er 
 
 fast er 
 stran gle 
 sappy 
 tram pie 
 ham per 
 
 4 — a, long, ale 
 Copy the sentences and wordb. Mark the long sound of a. 
 
 What is the baby's name ? Mabel lias a canary in a cage. 
 Make hay while the sun shines. 
 
 chase 
 skate 
 blaze 
 
 place 
 mate 
 graze 
 
 Grace 
 
 face 
 
 a ble 
 
 ta ble 
 
 a wake 
 
 re make 
 
 i; 
 1 
 
I 
 
 1 
 
 GliAFTOxX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 6— The Head 
 
 11 
 
 fore'head' 
 
 • jaws 
 
 tongue 
 
 brain 
 
 eye 
 
 veins 
 
 teeth 
 
 bones 
 
 nose 
 
 ten dons 
 
 cheek 
 
 flesh 
 
 mouth 
 chin 
 
 f mus cle 
 blood 
 
 eai* 
 hair 
 
 lips 
 skin 
 
 Keep thy tongue fro 
 Wealth cannot buy h 
 
 scene 
 e ven 
 
 6— e, 
 
 lotlff, 
 
 eve 
 
 cede 
 
 
 E va 
 
 re vere 
 
 
 the 
 
 Ne va 
 these 
 
 Tea was once a green leaf. 
 The stream rises in a steep hill. 
 The field is full of weeds. 
 
 Coprfc word:. „„d »„„tenees. Mark the lo„„ .ound „f <,. 
 
 • Generally pronounced fOrg(J. 
 
12 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 Y 7— The Buttercups 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 " Whore do the buttercups get their gold ? 
 Each cup is as full as it can hold. 
 Do the stars, I wonder, drop down in the night. 
 And come up in the morning as blossoms bright .^'' 
 
 8— The Sea-shore 
 V- 
 
 V 
 
 beach sea shore tide boat 
 
 watch summer bathe fort 
 
 gulls shov els Frauk pail 
 
 Copy, putting the right word in each bl nk. 
 
 sport 
 wa ter 
 happy 
 
 They take 
 
 to the . Then they make a sand 
 
 • '^he high will wash it away. It is great ■ 
 
 to climb on the old . They like to the big waves 
 
 ^^ 
 
 It is 
 their - 
 
 Fanny and are at the 
 
 and 
 
 and see the 
 best fun to 
 
 ■ dart down to tlie 
 in the surf. It is a 
 
 They think it the 
 time. 
 
 i 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 13 
 
 9 — i, long, ice 
 
 knife 
 
 life 
 
 shine 
 
 brine 
 
 quite 
 
 • 
 
 smite 
 
 slide 
 
 glide 
 
 prize 
 
 rise 
 
 time 
 
 lime 
 
 twice 
 
 trice 
 
 fight 
 
 bright 
 
 Copy the words. Mark the long sound of ^. Write five words end- 
 sound" ;;£ '^r^ "'^ ^'^■^^- ^^^^ ^- ^-^^ -^^^^ - ^^e, tL 
 
 10 
 
 hat 
 
 sprat 
 
 jack et 
 
 rack et 
 
 bow 
 
 stow 
 
 mit ten 
 
 kit ten 
 
 stock ing 
 
 mock ing 
 
 boots 
 
 roots 
 
 coat 
 
 moat 
 
 col lar 
 
 schol ar 
 
 cloak- 
 
 croak 
 
 rib bon 
 
 gib bon 
 
 >X' 
 
 John^s coat is made of wool. 
 Children J where are your boots ? 
 My hat has a dark blue bow. 
 
14 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 11 — 6, long, ode 
 
 choke 
 
 home 
 
 ghost 
 
 loan 
 
 foal 
 
 \ 
 
 poke 
 
 gnome 
 
 host 
 
 groan 
 
 goal 
 
 r 
 
 L 
 
 be low 
 
 cold 
 
 wrote 
 
 stone 
 
 blow 
 
 be stow 
 
 hold 
 
 smote 
 
 hone 
 
 flow 
 
 Twelve dozen make a gross. Who wrote this story? 
 Please post these notes. 
 
 Copy the words and sentences. Mark the long sound of o. 
 
 12— Capital Letters 
 Uuic— Every sentence begpins with a capital. 
 
 Dictation.— George, did you see the sun rise to-day? 
 The sky had a rosy glow in the east. The sun came up like 
 a ball of gold. The robins began to sing. 
 
 Copy 
 
 bird 
 broad 
 
 13 
 
 How pleasant the life of a bird must be. 
 Flitting about in each leafy tree ! 
 In the leafy trees so broad and tall. 
 Like a green and beautiful palace hall. 
 
 — Mary Hotvitt. 
 
 L 
 
 pal ace 
 flit ting 
 
 leaf y 
 a bout 
 
 pleas ant 
 beau ti ful 
 
j 
 
 peel 
 core 
 bark 
 juice 
 stem 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 14— The Apple 
 
 15 
 
 flow ei' 
 seeds 
 roots 
 pulp 
 rind . 
 
 sweet 
 sour 
 bit ter 
 red 
 green 
 
 har vest 
 w^in ter 
 rus set 
 pip pin 
 green ing 
 
 Copy : 
 
 The apj3le-tree is covered with pink and white flowers in 
 are outside. The core, seeds, juice, and pulp are within. 
 
 16— u, long, use ; u as in rule 
 
 glue 
 
 mute 
 
 dune 
 
 plume 
 
 tube 
 
 L 
 
 nie 
 
 flute 
 
 tune 
 
 flume 
 
 cube 
 
 pure 
 
 lure 
 
 cui'e 
 
 dure 
 
 blue 
 
 true 
 
 mule 
 
 rule 
 
 re sume 
 
 as sume 
 
 W'rite the words alphabetically, and mark the long .ound of „. 
 
16 
 
 GUxVFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 16 
 
 "V 
 
 
 mane 
 
 tail 
 
 whip 
 
 cart 
 
 wheels 
 
 shaft 
 
 rems 
 An nie 
 , Ralph 
 
 sad die 
 pony- 
 Rob ert 
 
 How many children are in the cart ? 
 Who rides on the pony ? 
 Do they look happy ? 
 Where are they going ? 
 
 Copy tlie words. Copy tho questions, ; id answer each with a sentence. 
 
 ■S 
 
 17 — Review — Long Sounds 
 
 Mary's dog is named Rover. W^hen she comes near he 
 wags his tail, leaps up, and capers round her. He will eat 
 cake and meat. He likes to play, and he will not bite. He 
 is useful, and Mary drives him in a cart, 
 
 Oopy, and mark the long sounds of a, e, i, o, and u. 
 
^*» 
 
 Idle 
 b ert 
 
 itence. 
 
 GllAPTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 18— Proverbs 
 
 A rolling stone gathers no moss. 
 
 A soft answer turneth away wrath. 
 
 Haste makes ivaste. Look before yon hap. 
 
 A stitch in time saves nine. Better kte than never 
 
 A good name is rather to be chosen than great riches. 
 
 Copy. Make a list of word. i„ italics. Learn and recite proverbs. 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 lunch 
 bread 
 din ner 
 sup per 
 break fast 
 
 beef 
 sug ar * 
 ba con 
 but ter 
 oat meal 
 
 pork 
 game 
 poul try 
 sau sage 
 ven'i gon 
 
 pies 
 fruit 
 buns 
 pud ding 
 pre serves 
 
 r 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Bread is the staff of life. 
 
 The cow gives us butter and beef. 
 
 The flesh of the deer is called venison. 
 
 Each day we have breakfast, dinner, and supper 
 
 Lunch, or luncheon, is taken between regular meals. 
 
 We Have pudding, pies, preserves, and fruit for dessert.' 
 
 20 
 
 ir he 
 
 \\ eat 
 
 He 
 
 earn 
 blue 
 lamb 
 busy' 
 
 knee 
 ]3iece 
 oven 
 guide 
 
 wrong 
 
 cough* 
 
 debt 
 lose' 
 weak 
 col our 
 
 rpnrl \r 
 J 
 
 Prouunclatlon.-! sho^og'er ; » d6z zgrt' 
 
 axe 
 - were 
 worse 
 many 
 
 a*- 
 
 ; "blz'zy; ^kflf ; »ldbz. 
 
18 
 
 s^nd 
 hash 
 back 
 latch 
 catch 
 drank 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 I 
 
 21— ft, short, ftdd 
 
 saddle 
 glad ly 
 stag ger 
 nar row 
 ham mock 
 hand some 
 
 gds 
 
 crab 
 
 plank 
 
 tramp 
 
 Htamp 
 
 scratch 
 
 rdt tie 
 trav el 
 wag on 
 scant y 
 ram ble 
 prac tice 
 
 I will thank you for a match. 
 
 The happy lass gathers flowers. 
 
 Crash went the arrow through the window ! 
 
 Copy the words and sentences. Mark the short sound of 
 
 a. 
 
 
 22- 
 
 -The Clock 
 
 
 face 
 
 key 
 
 case 
 
 fiff ures 
 
 hour 
 
 glass 
 
 iron 
 
 min ute 
 
 hands 
 
 brass 
 
 di al 
 
 ham mer 
 
 wheel 
 
 weights 
 
 wood 
 
 pen du lum 
 
 Dictation.— The case of the clock is made of wood. Its 
 fa«e is called the dial. There are two hands to show the 
 time. The pendulum is made of brass. It swings back 
 and forth. The weights make the wheels turn. 
 
 "See the neat little clock, on the mantel it stands. 
 And points out the time with its two slender hands • 
 The one shows the minute, the other the hour. 
 As often IVe seen in the high church tower. 
 Go must I like the clock ; have my face clean and bright ; 
 My hands, when they are moving, must always do right/* 
 
I 
 
 ORAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 23— g, short, dbb 
 
 19 
 
 Sdge 
 
 fence 
 
 hedge 
 
 temi^t 
 
 wedge 
 
 sm611 
 shel ter 
 red dish 
 rem e dy 
 wheth er 
 
 c6nt 
 
 deaf 
 
 dense 
 
 meant 
 
 health 
 
 n6xt 
 
 when 
 
 necks 
 
 sweat 
 
 depth 
 
 Ben meant to write welL 
 
 The wedge has a sharp edge. 
 
 A dense hedge is around the garden. 
 
 Edward spent twelve cents for a red penciL 
 
 Copy the words and sentences. Mark the short sound of «. 
 
 24— Capital Letters 
 
 ««ie.-Kame8 of the days of the week begin with capitals. 
 
 Dictation -The days of the week are Sunday, Monday 
 Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and SatLay^ ^' 
 Ihe moon's day is Monday. 
 My sister and I play together on Saturday. 
 The first day of the week, Sunday, was named for the sun. 
 
 Copy 
 
 25 
 
 Sixty seconds make a minute. 
 
 How much work can I do in it ;- 
 
 Sixty minutes make an hour, 
 
 All the work that's in my power. 
 
 Four and twenty hours a day, . , 
 
 Time for work and sleep and play. 
 
 To tHe TeacHer.-GWe an oral drill on the lessons given to vowel sounds. 
 
aO GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCK BOOK 
 
 26—1, short, m 
 
 city 
 
 skip 
 
 still 
 
 quit 
 
 milk 
 
 miss 
 
 script 
 
 whist 
 
 prim 
 
 kissed 
 
 which 
 
 bring 
 width 
 
 bridge 
 
 kit ten 
 
 switch 
 
 , glimpse 
 
 fringe 
 
 Write the words alphabetically. Mark the short sound of *. 
 
 Stiff 
 
 knit 
 
 click 
 
 wink 
 
 cling 
 
 print 
 
 y 
 
 27 — In the School-room 
 
 ml er 
 Cray on 
 pict ure 
 teach er 
 schol ars 
 
 wall 
 class 
 shelf 
 seats 
 chart 
 
 black board chairs 
 
 satch el 
 tran som 
 reg is ter 
 pro gramme 
 pen wip er 
 
 pens 
 globe 
 pa per 
 shut ters 
 neat ness 
 
 writes on the 
 sit in their — 
 
 The-— 
 The^i-i- 
 
 A pretty . hangs on the . 
 
 The . on the belongs to Henry. 
 
 I have in my desk , , ^ ^nd 
 
 waste bas ket at ten tion 
 
 — witli a -. 
 
 \ 
 
 The teacher praises ns for — 
 
 Throw scraps of in the 
 
 ^ is made of cloth, and 
 
 and . 
 
 — , not on the floor. 
 — are made of steel. 
 
 Copy words. Copy sentences, putting the right word in each blank. 
 To theTearher.-ExpUm each lesson when it is assigned. In Lesson 
 
 Lc'umls'ir^oeV""^^^ "" ""^'^ ''''^^''y- CairattentJont h^ 
 b^rd for thl "^ ^^~'^ '"' ''"'''' «q"i^^^«"t«' etc.-using the black- 
 board for this purpose. Let them read the sentence^. HiiinrTfK. blank. 
 With the proper worUs. ' " — ^^^^^ 
 
 i 
 
stiff 
 
 knit 
 
 click 
 
 wink 
 
 cling 
 
 [)rint 
 
 J 
 
 era 
 ess 
 tion 
 
 lank. 
 
 esson 
 o the 
 )lack- 
 
 GKAFTON'S \V(nU) AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 28—^, s^hort, ddd 
 
 21 
 
 / 
 
 c6fiin 
 
 for est 
 bot tie 
 gloss y 
 bon net 
 con cert 
 
 8h6p 
 
 knob 
 
 notch 
 
 lodge 
 
 dodge 
 
 knock 
 
 m6ck 
 rock et 
 pop py 
 ti'ot ted 
 hoi low 
 pock et 
 
 fttnd 
 bod y 
 con vey 
 of fence 
 be yond 
 con verse' 
 
 Knock, knock ! Who's there ? 
 Turn the knob and walk in. 
 Will you take off your bonnet ? 
 Cotton grows in hot countries. 
 
 Copy the words and sentences. Mark the short sound of o. 
 
 29 — Geography 
 
 Dictation.— We live on a big ball. It is called the earth. 
 It moves through space. Part of the surface is land and 
 part water. The sun gives ns light by day. The moon and 
 stars shine at night. 
 
 Copy: 
 
 80 
 
 Great, wide, beautiful, wonderful world. 
 With the wonderful water round you curled. 
 And the wonderful grass upon your breast, — 
 World, you are beautifully dressed.— Z?row«e. 
 
 live 
 
 earth 
 
 great 
 
 dressed 
 
 ball 
 
 night 
 
 round 
 
 sur face 
 
 light 
 
 woi'ld 
 
 called 
 
 beau ti ful 
 
 gives 
 
 moves 
 
 breast 
 
 won u.er xui 
 
 space 
 
 through 
 
 curled 
 
 beau ti ful ]• 
 
82 GIJAFTON'8 WORD AND SENTENCE BOUh. 
 
 31 — a, short, tls 
 
 ciiist 
 
 jtiiiip 
 
 jlist 
 
 htit 
 
 "giy 
 
 brush 
 
 dust 
 
 luck 
 
 drum 
 
 struck 
 
 buzz 
 
 mush 
 
 (iamb 
 
 crutcli 
 
 snug 
 
 shrub 
 
 bunch 
 
 rub ber 
 
 crumb 
 
 pump 
 
 Copy the word.s, and murk the short sound of u Write the words 
 Of four letters in h cohm.n. Write the words of five letters in a column. 
 
 32 
 
 On your way to scliool you may see 
 
 roads 
 streets 
 gar dens 
 chil dren 
 
 men 
 
 stores 
 hous es 
 church es 
 
 gates 
 parks 
 hors es 
 sta bles 
 
 Write the words in a column, and by the side of each 
 for one object of the kind. 
 
 wom en 
 av e nues 
 lamp-posts 
 car riag es 
 
 write the word 
 
 ale 
 stun 
 stand 
 re fuse 
 rhom as 
 
 33 — Review of Sounds 
 
 tray 
 
 seud 
 
 tank 
 
 three 
 
 those 
 
 cuff 
 
 then 
 
 sank 
 
 frost 
 
 sheep 
 
 Mark the lon£ and the short sounds of a, e, i, o, 
 
 stop 
 
 shed 
 
 snow 
 
 string 
 
 stump 
 
 u. 
 
 wh?f ?.' ^*'7'^^;-"^^« the pupils fit.«^. .r.>ly, In complete senteneeB, 
 what they actually saw on their way to scboc i L'nll the pupUs on giving 
 tue long and the short sounds of the vowei'i. 
 
 I 
 
GRAFTON'8 WOUD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 84 — Qnestion-mark 
 Rule. A question mark ih follows a question. 
 
 Ar thur, a pron, pock et, sletives, baru yard, hay- 
 stack, ham mer, diiv er, cask, hoop, bar rel, emp ty. 
 
 Write five questions about tiie picture, using a word from tiie list 
 each. 
 
 lU 
 
 86 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite : 
 
 " Among my tender \ incs I spy 
 A little fox, named By-and-hy. 
 Then set upon him quick, I say. 
 The swift young hunter. Right-away,' 
 
£4 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 36— The Tree 
 
 BlcJallon.— Ill the orchard stands a tree. Rnin and 
 mmlune have nude it grow tall and green. Its roots go 
 deep down into the (/round to find>o^/. This food is called 
 the mp of the tree. The sap flows through the irunk, the 
 bra,ic/ies, and every leaf. Every spring duds apiioar. The 
 buds open to blussoms. The blossoms fall to the ground 
 and leave the frmi to grow and ripen. > 
 
 Study the words in italics for an oral spoiling lesson. 
 
 piue 
 larch 
 Lol ly 
 cedai* 
 spruce 
 cy press 
 
 asb 
 elm 
 oak 
 beecli 
 ol ive 
 pop lar 
 
 87— Trees 
 
 alder 
 lua pie 
 eb o ny 
 wil low 
 . hick o ry 
 chest nut 
 
 birch 
 
 lo cust 
 lin den 
 wal mit 
 rose ^vood 
 pal met'to 
 
 Those in the first cohunn are called evergreens. Whv ? 
 Which tree gives us sirup ? oil ? nuts ? pitch ? gum ? black wood ? 
 red wood ? tar ? cones ? acorns ? pods ? catkins V berries V 
 
 Copy : 
 
 38 
 
 What plant we in this apple-tree P 
 Buds which the breath of summer days 
 Shall lengthen into leafy sprays ; 
 Boughs where the thrush, with crimson broast, 
 Shall haunt and sing and hido her nest ; 
 Fruitb that shall swell in sunny June, 
 And redden in the August noon. 
 And drop, when gentle airs come by. 
 That fan the blue September ^ky,— Bryant, 
 
i 
 
 r 
 
 aUAFTON'S WORD AND 8Ex\TENCK BOOK 
 •a, Italian, arm— 39— a, droad, ftU 
 
 26 
 
 scar 
 start 
 calm 
 smart 
 
 \ 
 
 lard 
 
 dart 
 
 snarl 
 
 large 
 
 spark 
 
 talk 
 
 • • 
 
 stalk 
 chalk 
 waltz 
 d^vart' 
 
 bald 
 
 claw 
 
 yawn 
 
 drawl 
 
 swarm 
 
 Well begun is half done. 
 
 A dwarf on a giant^s shoulderB sees farther of tlio two. 
 
 Ciialk IS a soft kind of limestone. 
 
 Copy words and sentences. M,,.], Italian and broad sounds of «. 
 
 40— Capital Letters 
 iJule.-Names of months begin with a capital. 
 
 Jan u a vy May 
 
 Feb ru a ry . J^j^e 
 
 Marcli ju i^ 
 
 April 
 
 All gust 
 
 Sep tern ber 
 Oc to ber 
 No vem ber 
 De cem ber 
 
 Thanksgiving day comes in November 
 Christmas is the twenty-fifth day of December 
 (liwen \ u-tona was born in :\[.iv, 1819. 
 Our longest day is in the month of Jiine. 
 
 41 
 
 Uopy and learn : 
 
 Thirty days hath September, 
 April, June, and November ; 
 February, twenty-eight alone ; 
 All the rest have thirty-one ; 
 ilxcept in leap-year, then's the timo 
 VVhea February has twenty-nine. 
 
26 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 
 42— Relatives 
 
 k 
 
 papft 
 
 son 
 
 aunt 
 
 wife 
 
 fa ther 
 
 sis ter 
 
 Diece 
 
 kin dred 
 
 moth er 
 
 broth er 
 
 un cle 
 
 hus band 
 
 par ents 
 
 chil dreu 
 
 cous in 
 
 grand fa ther 
 
 mam ma' 
 
 daugh ter 
 
 neph ew 
 
 grand daugh ter 
 
 43 — Geography 
 
 Dictation. — There is three times as much water as land 
 on the surface of the earth. The largest bodies of water 
 are called oceans. There are five oceans. They are named 
 Atlantic, Pacific, Arctic, Antarctic, and Indian. The water 
 of the ocean is salt. 
 
 
 sea 
 
 pond 
 
 lake 
 
 pool 
 
 bay 
 
 riv er 
 
 creek 
 
 canal 
 
 gulf 
 
 brook 
 
 rap ids 
 
 glag'i er 
 
 strait 
 
 sound 
 
 riv u let 
 
 cas cade' 
 
 cean 
 
 chan nel 
 
 cat a ract 
 
 fount ain 
 
 Copy: 
 
 44 
 
 111 habits gather by unseen degrees. 
 
 As brooks make rivers, rivers run to seas. 
 
 pony 
 medal 
 cor ner 
 med die 
 mus tard 
 
 par ing 
 mor tar 
 pea nuts 
 char coal 
 floun der 
 
 hoe ing 
 peel ing 
 tor ment 
 scrib ble 
 pres ence 
 
 -Dryden, 
 
 dingy 
 hat ter 
 stick y 
 crip pie 
 grate f ul 
 
 To the Teacfter.— See that the pupils pronounce Arctic correctly : ark'tic, 
 not ar tic ; aut ark'tic, not ant ar'tic. 
 
 L- 
 
 It 
 
'M 
 
 ORAFTON'P WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 45 — Proverbs 
 
 27 
 
 Speech is silver, silence is gold.— German Proverb. 
 
 An unlucky word, once escaped from us, cannot be brought 
 back with a coacli and six.—Chinese Proverb. 
 
 Wlien angry, count ten before you speak ; if very anffrv 
 a hundred.— :Z7i07/ias Jefferson. 
 
 46 
 
 Write a story about the picture, 
 lesson : 
 
 L 
 
 Edith 
 lives 
 
 
 aunt 
 
 fii'st 
 visit 
 conn try 
 chick ens 
 
 using the words from the following 
 
 47 
 
 feed shoo 
 
 grain 
 
 they 
 
 eat 
 
 away 
 hens 
 
 roost er 
 
28 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 48— Birds 
 
 gull 
 
 ra ven 
 
 lark 
 
 owl 
 
 swaa 
 
 par rot 
 
 her on 
 
 crow 
 
 wren 
 
 ostrich 
 
 o'ri ole 
 
 dove 
 
 quail 
 
 -pig eon 
 
 blue jay 
 
 crane 
 
 stork 
 
 pea cock 
 
 vult'ure 
 
 eagle 
 cuck'oo 
 
 hawk 
 
 swal'low 
 
 bob link 
 
 grouse 
 
 par tridge 
 
 . nightingale 
 
 • 
 
 spar' row 
 
 Which of these bir,l» have you seen? Which are named (mm the 
 WMch^^^tZr *"''''- "^o -' si.^-^ Which ea„ .wi.1 
 
 49— What Birds do and have 
 
 coo 
 
 caw 
 chirp 
 cheep 
 car ol 
 
 hov'er 
 war ble 
 twit ter 
 whis tie 
 mi grate 
 
 soar 
 whir 
 poise 
 perch 
 pin ion 
 
 beak 
 tal on 
 wings 
 feath ers 
 plu'mage 
 
 Make ten sentences, using in each the proper form of a word from 
 Lesson 48 and one from Lesson 49. Ex, : The crow caws. 
 
 60 
 
 Copy, learn, and recitfi ; 
 
 f< 
 
 Around each tender vine I plant 
 I find the little fox / can't. 
 Then fast as ever hunter ran. 
 Chase him with bold and brave / can.'* 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCFil BOOK 
 
 29 
 
 61 
 
 
 lean 
 lame 
 lamp 
 metal 
 mer ry 
 mid die 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite : 
 
 on ly 
 
 ripe 
 
 soul 
 
 noise 
 
 or der 
 
 rust 
 
 of ten 
 
 Rov er 
 
 south 
 
 my self 
 
 rum pie 
 
 sor ry 
 
 mis take 
 
 quar rel 
 
 seven 
 
 uaugh'ty 
 
 pres ent 
 
 shad'ow 
 
 " No me in trying, lags and whines 
 This fox among my tender vines ; 
 Then drive him low and drive him high. 
 With this good hunter, named I'll try," 
 
 52 
 
 
 taste 
 
 thief 
 
 wake 
 
 year 
 wool 
 
 teach 
 
 thirst 
 
 un til 
 
 stood 
 
 un less 
 
 waste 
 
 worth 
 
 sprang 
 
 try ing 
 
 whale 
 
 wreck 
 
 sto ries 
 
 tum We 
 
 up set 
 
 whose 
 
 spo ken 
 
 thought 
 
 up per 
 
 young 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite : 
 
 " A little fox iR hidden there, 
 Among my vines, named / don't care. 
 Then let I'm 5orr?/— hunter true- 
 Chase him afar from vines and you." 
 
 2-6 c«e reac/i^r.-Explain the meaning of the vine, 2.nd foxes, and let the 
 pupils tell the story iu their own language. 
 
80 GBAPTON'S WOBD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 53— Capital letters 
 
 ««(..-A proper name begin, with a capital. 
 
 Names of persons are called proper names. 
 
 f-f^ Paul Lucy Elk 
 
 ^oha Henry Maud Elsie 
 
 Roger Isabel Edith Philip 
 
 Thomas Arthur Eob ert Walter 
 
 giHsTnfflvro'jro.r^- "■'"' '- ^■""- '"-"- -^ -'- — o. 
 
 Copy: 
 
 From my study, I see in the lamplight. 
 
 Descending the broad hall stair. 
 Grave Alice and laughing Allegra 
 And Edith with golden hair.-Lonff/ellow. 
 
 54~The Sponge 
 
 DIctation.^Take your sponge in your hand Tf 
 once a living animal. It was fastened to a rotk a Z 
 botto of the sea. Then it looked like a Uge pie L o 
 beef hver. You are holding the skeleton of the sponge 
 
 liold 
 holds 
 held 
 hold ing 
 
 clam 
 cor al ^ 
 sponge 
 oys ter 
 
 fast en 
 fast ens 
 fast ened 
 fast en ing 
 
 bones 
 fi bres 
 an i mal 
 skel e ton 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Beep in the wave is a coral ^rove, 
 
 Where the purple mullet and gold fish rove.~P.mm/. 
 
 into Deads uud other ornaments. ~ ^ariv^uo colours, and is nmdn 
 
 J 
 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 31 
 
 was 
 
 55— The Sponge 
 
 Dlctatlon.—The sponge is first a small yellow egg. 
 
 moves about 
 
 
 ered it. Then it was washed and dried in the sun. 
 
 It 
 in 
 the water. Soon 
 it fastens itself to 
 a hard surfrice. 
 Its food is the 
 minute animals 
 found in the wa- 
 ter. The small 
 holes on the side 
 of the sponge are 
 mouths. Little 
 tubes lead from 
 the mouths 
 through the 
 sponge. 
 
 Name ten objects 
 seen in the picture. 
 Write a story about 
 getting sponges. 
 
 56 
 
 Bictatlon. — 
 
 Divers go to the 
 bed of the sea to 
 tear the sponge 
 from the rocks. 
 It is very difficult 
 work. Before the 
 sponge could be 
 usedbyyou,ithad 
 to lose the dark 
 red jelly that gov- 
 
82 
 
 GRAFTOxWS WORD AND SRNTRNCE BOOK 
 67— The House 
 
 floor closet c6J lar attic 
 
 porch garret hearth entry 
 
 par l< )iii- fire place man tel j^an try 
 
 kitch en chiin ney fur nace li bra ry 
 
 Tuu-s er y cup Ix^ard ' door step stair case 
 
 Copy the words. Write a list of tho parts within the house. Write 
 a iist of the parts without the house. 
 
 Be it ever so humble, there^s no place like home. 
 
 TT . . — '^ohn Howard Payne. 
 
 Mo 18 happiest who finds pence in his \\omQ,-.Ooethe, 
 
 cape 
 island^ 
 con ci nent 
 pen iu'sii la 
 
 58 — Land 
 
 isth mus 
 head land 
 moun tain 
 prom'on to ry 
 
 prai'rie 
 pla teau' 
 vol ca no 
 ta'ble-land 
 
 plain 
 6'a sis 
 val ley 
 des ert 
 
 North America is a . 
 
 An is a small body of land surrounded bv water. 
 
 A high cape is called a . 
 
 are higher than hills. 
 
 A high i)lain is called a . 
 
 A is almost surrounded by water. 
 
 Capes and promontories are sometimes called , 
 
 The interior of Mexico is a . or 
 
 The Indian once roamed at will over our vast . 
 
 The of Panama is the link joining North and South 
 
 America. 
 
 Fill in tho sentences with words from the list. Use the form of a 
 word meanmg more than one where the sense requires it. 
 
 Prouiiui-iatioii. ^1 Kub bi^T^ThnKr 
 
I! 
 
 v-^RAPTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE 
 Kitchen — 69 — Dining-room 
 
 BOOK 
 
 88 
 
 tongs 
 basin 
 poker 
 shov el 
 dip per 
 buck et 
 coal-hod 
 grid i ron 
 
 sieve 
 stove 
 broom 
 ket tie 
 scut tie 
 dust pan 
 skim mer 
 sauce pan 
 
 urn 
 chi na 
 plates 
 sau cer 
 gob let 
 tea cup 
 tu reen' 
 plat ter 
 
 Tell the use of five objects in the first cohimn. Tell 
 nal five objects in the fourth column are made. 
 
 fork 
 
 spoon 
 
 table 
 
 cru et 
 cast ers 
 nap kin 
 turn bier 
 side board 
 
 of what mate- 
 
 Bed-room— 60— Parlour 
 
 soap 
 bowl 
 tow el 
 bol ster 
 pitch Br 
 scis sors 
 nee dies 
 thim ble 
 
 sheet 
 lounge 
 pil'low 
 bu reau 
 blank'et 
 mat tress 
 bed stead 
 cov er let 
 
 / 
 
 vase 
 car pet 
 mir ror 
 cur tain 
 has sock 
 book case 
 arm chair 
 ot'to man 
 
 sofa 
 stool 
 scarf 
 music 
 pi a'no 
 por'trait 
 cab i net 
 cush ions 
 
 SpWfi ^'' T^' ?^ P"^ ^^'"^ ^"*^ ^^'^^^^^^^ ending with a perio<l 
 Select five words and put them into sentences ending with a qu^sTon 
 
 ^'T.tr^ ' or 1,6 provinces as large as Kova Scotia, 
 
 or 1,735 provinces as large as Prince Edward Island. 
 
 L- 
 
84 GHAFTONS WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 61--Capital Letten 
 
 ' Kames of places are called proper names. 
 
 Lon don 
 Chi ca go 
 Bal ti more 
 U nit ed States 
 
 Rome 
 Par is 
 Eng land 
 Scot land 
 
 Eu rope 
 Ger ma ny 
 A mer i ca 
 Wash ing ton 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite : 
 
 Suppose your task, my little man. 
 
 Is very hard to get ; 
 Will it make it any easier 
 
 For you to sit and fret ? 
 And wouldn*t it bo wiser, 
 
 Than waiting like a dunne. 
 To go to work in earnest 
 
 And learn the thing at once ^—Phmle Cary, 
 
 62— King Frederick and the little Girl 
 
 King Frederick, of Prussia, once visited a country school 
 to see how well the children knew their lessons. Taking up 
 an orange, he said: "To what kingdom does this belong ?'• 
 " To the vegetable kingdom, sire,'' said a little girl. " And 
 to what kingdom does this belong ?'' said he, holding up a 
 golden coin. "To the mineral kingdom," she replied. 
 "And to what kingdom do I belong, my child ?" asked the 
 king. The little girl did not think it could be right to say 
 the animal kingdom, so, looking up, -she said, " To the 
 kingdom of heaven.'' 
 
 TO the Teacher.-E&ye the story read aloud. Write these topics on the 
 board : The king ; the school ; the little girl ; the first question ; the an- 
 swer; the second question; the answer; the third question; the answer. 
 Let tne pupils tell the story, orally, following the topics j and then write it. 
 
 , 
 
GRAFTO.VS WORD AND SENTENOR BOOK 
 
 ^ 63— Floweri 
 
 tu lips lark spurs pan sies 
 
 asters lilies sweet-peas 
 
 li lacs dai sies hy a cinths 
 
 clo vers mdr'i golds dan de li ens 
 
 86 
 
 aim flow ers 
 liol \y bocks 
 vi o lets 
 ge ra ni urns 
 
 Write the word for one of each flower. Write the name« of five to 
 make a bouquet. Which have a sweet smell ? 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite ; 
 
 Gather ye rose-buds while ye may. 
 
 Old Time is still a-flying j 
 And this same flower, that smiles to-day. 
 
 To-morrow may be dying.— fferricL 
 
 kale 
 beet 
 bean 
 cress 
 gar lie 
 
 turnip 
 
 rhu'barb 
 pars nip 
 cab bage 
 mush'roDm 
 
 64— Vegetables 
 
 car rot 
 let tuce ' 
 pump kin 
 spin ach ^ 
 to ma to 
 
 cu cum ber 
 
 as par a gus 
 cau li flow er 
 egg plant 
 rad ish 
 
 ion w T'~"7^' P'*'*" ^^' ^^^^^ fi^«^ i^ South Amer- 
 ica We eat a stem that has grown under the ground The 
 potato used the stem as a storehouse for its food. Lt t 
 the grams, it is the most useful plant for the food of man 
 
 65 
 
 sure 
 
 quite 
 reach 
 speech 
 
 talk a tive 
 re la tion 
 mil'i ta ry 
 in ter rupt' 
 
 groan 
 kite 
 
 strength 
 though 
 
 shiv er 
 whisk ers 
 gal Ion 
 sal low 
 
 Pronunciation.-. LSt'tl^T^^pi^^STalB^^p^i;;^^^ 
 
86 
 
 (JliAF'I'oN'S WOUn AND SENTENC^E HOOK 
 
 
 
 66— Fruits 
 
 
 fig 
 
 peacli 
 
 clier vy 
 
 ci-an her ly 
 
 pnine 
 
 gra[)e 
 
 cit ron 
 
 blue ber ry 
 
 (late 
 
 cur rant 
 
 dani'f;}on 
 
 straw ber ry 
 
 plum 
 
 lemon 
 
 pine ap pie 
 
 rasp' ber ry 
 
 quince 
 
 inel on 
 
 a'pri cot 
 
 goo^e'ber ry 
 
 pear 
 
 rai .^in 
 
 La nil'na 
 
 liuck le ber ry 
 
 Write the form for more than one of each. Which liavc you seeu 
 growii)"' Which have you seen in a store? Which have you euteu? 
 Which contain a stone? Wliich grow in warm countries? 
 
 67 — lu the Country 
 
 i 
 
 farm house 
 
 ditch 
 
 sheep 
 
 swing 
 
 1 j 
 
 1 vines 
 
 knoll 
 
 lambs 
 
 in sects 
 
 1 
 
 gar den 
 
 ar bour 
 
 cat tie 
 
 or chard 
 
 
 j flow ers 
 
 hay loft 
 
 fields 
 
 ber ries 
 
 ' 
 
 barn 
 
 mead '6 w 
 
 wheat 
 
 but ter flies 
 
 Write a story of a day spent in the country, using these words. 
 
 Dictation : ^ 
 
 The barn, the trees, the brook, the birds. 
 The meadows with the lowing herds. 
 The woodbine on the cottage wall — 
 My heart still lingers with them all. ^-.^ 
 
 — <-' ^i Read. 
 
 ei ther gi'^^^iR ^C ■'• ^^ 
 
 flour harm ^ ' i die 
 
 for gftt' hatch joint 
 
 for tv in to la 
 
 cried 
 curb 
 dear 
 does 
 
 dwell 
 
 ty 
 
 go ing 
 
 him self 
 
 ID 
 
 deed 
 
Copy : 
 
 OKAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTKNCR BOOK 
 
 68 — Proverbf 
 
 87 
 
 A place for everything, unci everything in its place. 
 
 lie that iH good at making excuses is seldom good for any- 
 
 thing else. 
 
 beech 
 
 sieve 
 
 those 
 
 wren 
 
 strait 
 
 pear 
 
 sleeve 
 
 fruit 
 
 birch 
 
 robin 
 pig eon 
 wal nut 
 pop lar 
 for est 
 gob let 
 mat tress 
 cru et 
 Hen ry 
 
 Early to bed, and early to rise, 
 
 Makes men healthy, wealthy, and wise. 
 
 —Benjamin Franklin. 
 
 69 — Review 
 
 squash 
 
 fields 
 
 knife 
 
 through 
 
 tongs 
 
 peach 
 
 pen cil 
 
 tongue 
 
 Wednes day 
 
 >^ 
 
 sen tence 
 car j'iage 
 l)ic ture 
 ea gle 
 Ar thur 
 on ion 
 ba sin 
 re fu§e' 
 mi grate 
 
 Edith 
 lily 
 
 dai ey 
 bu re3U 
 tu reen 
 Eu rope 
 pony 
 OS trich 
 mo ment 
 
 70 — Beview 
 
 let tuce 
 rai sin 
 cur rant 
 for ward 
 ber ries 
 rhu barb 
 spin ach 
 Eng land 
 chis el 
 
 u 
 
 meant 
 wrote 
 please 
 ev ery 
 qui et 
 ache 
 
 Christ mas 
 pi] low 
 mead ow 
 
 scis sors 
 pump kin 
 thim ble 
 pitch er 
 ba na na 
 a pri cot 
 beau ti ful 
 Feb ru a ry 
 po ta toes 
 
j=:-. --3W.., — - - 
 
 ml 
 
 iJ8 GRAFTON'S WOliD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 71 — Geography 
 
 Dictation — Torrid means hot. The Torrid Zone is the 
 hottest part of the earth. It is always summer there. The 
 rain falls almost every day for six months. The rest of the 
 year the ground is parched. 
 
 palms 
 cof fee 
 cot ton 
 sa'go 
 spi ces 
 
 li on 
 j% ii ar' 
 
 ca ca'o 
 
 cam phor 
 
 in di go gi rMe' 
 
 In di a-rub ber * cam el 
 
 m6n.'key 
 
 sug ar-cane 
 
 Sl'e pMnt 
 ser pent 
 go ril la 
 croc o dile 
 leop ard 
 
 file 
 
 adze 
 
 rake 
 
 spade 
 
 plane 
 
 gouge 
 
 square 
 
 lathe 
 
 wrencli 
 
 shears 
 
 72— Tools 
 
 le ver 
 au ger 
 gim let 
 mal let 
 pinch ers 
 
 chis el 
 lev el 
 trow el 
 hatch et 
 cork screw 
 
 Write the words meaning more than one of each. Which tools 
 are used b;- the carpenter ? the mason ? the blacksmith ? the gar- 
 dener ? ° 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Pins are made i brass wire and coated with tin. Ten 
 persons are employed in the manufacture of a single pin.^' 
 
 A man is a great bundle of tools. He is born into this 
 hfe without the knowledge of how to use them. Education 
 18 the process of learning their use, and dangers and troubles 
 are the whetstones with which to keep them sharp.— F. W. 
 Beecher. 
 
 Pronunciation.—) lu'dl a-rQb'bgr. 
 
 I 
 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 39 
 
 I 
 
 73 — Opposites 
 
 right 
 
 find 
 
 strong 
 
 gay 
 
 rare 
 
 ac cept 
 
 in door 
 
 cease 
 
 obey 
 
 wrong 
 lose 
 weak 
 sad 
 
 com mon 
 de cline 
 out door 
 con tin ue 
 dis o bey 
 
 dry 
 near 
 sweet 
 quick ly 
 alike 
 a'ged 
 apart 
 prop er 
 some where 
 
 moist 
 dis tant 
 sour 
 slow ly 
 un like 
 youth f ul 
 to geth er 
 im prop er 
 no where 
 
 74 — Sugar-cane 
 
 Dictation.— Sugar-cane is a kind of grass. It grows 
 twice as high as a tall man. The stem is Jointed. The 
 leaves are long and look like ribbons. It grows in warm 
 countries. When the canes are ripe, they are cut and taken 
 to the mill to be pressed. The Juice is boiled and then 
 slowly cooled. The sugar is a soft mass in the middle, with 
 molasses all around it. It has to be made white for our use 
 This is called refining it. 
 
 loaf 
 refine 
 joints 
 leaves 
 
 liq uid 
 hogs head 
 mo las'ses 
 boiled 
 
 sev er al 
 plan ta tion 
 Lou i si a'na 
 West In 'dies ^ 
 
 juice 
 cane 
 mill 
 scum 
 
 Copy: 
 
 The systematic study of the mother tongue, like that of 
 all branches of knowledge which we acquire without study 
 18 naturally very generally neglected. 
 
 — Marsh, 
 
 Pronunciation,-! wgst In'dlz. 
 
£^c-.: 
 
 ■ ■.rssr- -■■-..,::-. j:l:j^- 
 
 40 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 76— Food 
 
 toast 
 tarts 
 veal 
 
 bis cuit ^ 
 sal ad 
 mut ton 
 
 gru el 
 crack er 
 cooky 
 waf fle 2 
 hon ey 
 c^tch'up 
 
 broth 
 sir loin 
 5m'e let 
 muffin 
 por ridge 
 chow der 
 
 76 
 
 dump ling 
 sand wich 
 dough nut 
 sauer' kraut ^ 
 cus tard 
 suc'co tash 
 
 Beautiful eyes are those that show. 
 
 Like crystal panes where hearth-fires glow. 
 
 Beautiful thoughts that burn below. 
 
 Beautiful hands are those that do 
 Work that is earnest, brave, and true. 
 Moment by moment, the long day through.-^ Allen, 
 Learn, and write from memory. 
 
 know 
 bruise 
 sneeze 
 rinse 
 can dy 
 
 va pour 
 bal loon 
 no tice 
 e lev en 
 e nough 
 
 77 
 
 er rand 
 nei ther 
 thir'teen 
 be cause 
 fMr'y 
 
 ques tion 
 scare crow 
 of ^ cer 
 an oth er 
 neQ es sa ry 
 
 Write in columns v ords of one syllable, two syllables, three syllables 
 and four syllables. ' 
 
 Dictatior .- -The sum of eight and five is thirteen. Did 
 you place a question-mark after the question ? Cinderella 
 is a fairy story. 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 biB'kIt ; "wOf'f'l; »80ur'krout 
 
nee 
 
 sage 
 mace 
 yeast 
 cloves 
 
 GRAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 41 
 
 78— Used in Cooking 
 
 soda 
 
 gin ger 
 pars ley 
 
 pep per 
 nut meg 
 
 all spice 
 ggr a tine 
 choc o late 
 sal e ra'tiis 
 buckVheat 
 
 va nil la 
 
 vin e gar 
 
 hom i ny 
 
 tap i o'ca 
 
 cin na mon 
 
 e 79 
 
 Dictation : 
 
 Mace is a covering of the nutmeg-. 
 Pepper and allspice are berries. 
 The inner bark of a laurel tree furnishes cinnamon, 
 (dinger is the root of a plant found on the island of 
 Jamaica. 
 
 i^'Z^Z^: '™' ''«^'^^-'""»-* ^ *-^ t"'"' grows in 
 
 Sun day 
 Mon day 
 Tues ^ay 
 
 80 — Abbreviations 
 
 ®u*i- Wednes day 
 
 Mon. Thurs day 
 
 Tues. Fri day 
 
 Sp,t ur day Sat. 
 
 Wed. 
 
 Thurs. 
 Fri. 
 
 weer.^hellr"* ^I''Vl' abbreviation for the first day of the 
 week , the last ; second ; fifth ; third ; sixth ; fourtii. 
 
 Holidays 
 
 Ash Wednesday Dominiu,, Dav 
 
 (iood Friday q^i,..„i, • • "^t^ 
 
 Easter ^ i mnk«g,vi„g Day 
 
 L'hristnjas 
 Write why eacli of these days is celebrated. 
 
42 
 
 (JI{AI<"r()NS WORD AND RRNTEN(M^3 IU)()K 
 
 Copy; 
 
 81— Letter 
 
 i M!:^'^'ii-^€>/&^U^^:4 /jy/f- 
 
 
 >«^^?»' 
 
 -# 
 
 
 
 '€if CJC^/i^^ 
 
 
 
 
 .^4^i^i!^/^dUyt^'^^€:?!^^ 
 
 y^Y^i^^ 
 
 ',^ui:Zii^y-i^?^^/z^y.^^Z(;^::^^ 
 
 .^f!^u^^, <Ur^^r^^/^y^^u^.^^^^^i^^.^:4^^y^irt 
 
 
 {^^u4y.^&ii^ui^. 
 
 82— Parts of the Body 
 
 fist, elbow, heel, skin, nerves, thumb, artery, 
 sole, ixire. luncrs, wrist, limbs, brain. Icnnplc lf», 
 chest, heart, thigh, throat, stom ach, uos trils. 
 
OKAKTONS WORD AND SENTENCE HOOK 48 
 
 83 — Occupations 
 
 tai lor 
 bak ei' 
 doc tor 
 Jaw yer 
 cob bier 
 
 flo j'ist 
 join er 
 gro cer 
 bank er 
 nier cliant 
 
 farm er 
 vveav er 
 build er 
 butcih or 
 dvnijr (i-ist 
 
 mil li ner 
 min is ter 
 gar den er 
 (!ar pen ter 
 bliick smith 
 
 Select and write ten wonLs aud whui v,u:h p.rson does. 
 
 84 — Temperate Zone 
 
 three 
 world 
 
 eaeli 
 Zone 
 
 K])rin.(»' 
 
 mod erate winter 
 
 im \)ov tant sea sons 
 
 fe sum mer Tem per ate au tumn 
 
 To^niH^ruto r.iou.i. . Tlioro uro two Zc>no«. Tlio 
 
 Nortl, lonipeml. Zone is tlio luoBt purt of tl.o 
 
 1 lioro are fotu- in the Tornperntc . They uro ', 
 
 , and . Tlierc uro inoiitliB iu eucli soa- 
 
 son. 
 
 Copy, aud fill in the blanks with words from the list. 
 
 85 
 
 i' 
 
 goat 
 
 otter 
 
 •* 
 
 deer 
 
 pan ther 
 
 ■T 
 
 wolf 
 
 squir rel 
 
 
 moose 
 
 buf fa lo 
 
 
 rab bit 
 
 an te lope 
 
 oats 
 corn 
 maize 
 bar ley 
 ?e're al 
 
 flax 
 hemp 
 to bac CO 
 tim o thy 
 mul ber ry 
 
 The silk worm feecln upon tlio loaves of tlie mulberry, 
 torn, wheat, rye, oats, and barley are called cereals. 
 
44 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 86— Outdoor Sports 
 
 fish ing 
 
 rid ing 
 
 driv ing 
 
 skat ing 
 
 sail ing 
 
 ten nis 
 
 play ing 
 
 mar bles 
 
 row ing 
 
 leap ing 
 
 bowl ing 
 
 coast ing 
 
 boat ing 
 
 cro quet ^ 
 
 Jump ing 
 
 base ball 
 
 bath ing 
 
 nut ting 
 
 swing ing 
 
 sleigh in^ ^ 
 
 Write answers : Which sports do we have in summer ? lu winte: 
 In spring V In autumn ? 
 
 r! 
 
 L 
 
 87 — Words of Similar Meaning 
 
 arch 
 
 curve 
 
 hank 
 
 skein * 
 
 bluff 
 
 cliff 
 
 neat 
 
 tidy 
 
 bench 
 blithe 
 fleet 
 
 set tee' 
 joy OU8 
 nim ble 
 
 quaint 
 
 queer 
 
 twain 
 
 strange 
 droll 
 coup le 
 
 gruff 
 
 glum 
 
 tenth 
 
 tithe 
 
 gang 
 
 crew 
 
 van 
 
 front 
 
 giv er 
 
 do nor 
 
 wont 
 
 hab it 
 
 prison 
 
 dun geou ' 
 
 peo pie 
 
 per soni 
 
 
 88- 
 
 -Proverbs 
 
 
 Whatever is worth doing at all, is worth doing well.— 
 Chesterfield, 
 
 If a task is once begim, 
 Never leave it till it's done. 
 
 Wg can do more good by being good than in any other 
 way. 
 
 L, 
 
 Pronunciation.—' Kr6 ka' ; ^ alft'Ing ; » dQn'jlln ; * ekfin. 
 
! 
 
 L, 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 ORAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 90— Arithmetic 
 
 45 
 
 89 — Geography 
 
 source po lar 
 
 ax is cli mate 
 
 or bit sav age 
 
 cir cle e qua tor 
 
 motion hori'zon 
 
 Jai ly ze nith 
 
 yearly parallel 
 
 add 
 plus 
 sum 
 
 sub tract 
 min u end 
 sub tra hend 
 re main der 
 
 tropic bemi sphere multiply aiitum« 
 
 pole ge og ra pLy mul ti pli cand prob lem 
 
 mill ti pli er 
 pr5d 'uct 
 di vide 
 div i dend 
 di vi sor 
 quo tient 
 proof 
 a ritb me tic 
 
 91 — Abbreviations 
 JRuie.—A period follows an abbreviation. 
 
 Mis ter Mr. ^-^ 
 
 Mis tress * Mrs. 
 
 Doc toi' Dr. 
 
 Charles Chas. 
 
 George 
 
 Geo. 
 
 bar rel 
 
 bbl 
 
 quart ^ 
 
 qt. 
 
 yard ^ 
 
 yd. 
 
 pound 
 
 lb. 
 
 bush el 
 
 bu. 
 
 Mister and Mistress GeorgG Brown bought ten yards of 
 carpet. 
 
 Doctor Charles Smith has one barrel of ilour. 
 I picked three bushels of cranberries in September 
 The boy bought one quart of milk and one pound of 
 beetsteak at the store. 
 
 Copy the lesson, using abbreviations and figures in place of words. 
 
 1 Mistress was a title formerly given to a woman havins. powor ,„fhorit" or ^nne 
 
 »The aSblTn • , """""^ ""^ P""""« '^« abbreviation is commonly uLd 
 The abbreviation of quarts is gts. ,• of yards, yds. 
 
46 
 
 (JUAFTON'S WORD AND SRNTENCF HOOK 
 
 98 
 
 II 
 
 toil 
 
 
 beap 
 
 quoth 
 
 sell 
 
 moat 
 
 
 jest 
 
 ruge 
 
 seize 
 
 dirt 
 
 
 joke 
 
 so heme 
 
 scowl 
 
 frown 
 
 
 sti'ay 
 
 la bour 
 
 trick 
 
 tilth 
 
 
 pile 
 
 scrub 
 
 trench 
 
 gapo 
 
 
 })awn 
 
 scour 
 
 yawn 
 
 gov em 
 
 
 pledge 
 
 (li rect 
 
 wan der 
 
 Write in 
 
 parallel 
 
 columns wo 
 
 nls of similar meaning. 
 
 
 
 
 93 — Christmas Dinner 
 
 
 soup 
 
 tur 
 
 key 
 
 on ions 
 
 ice-cream 
 
 rolls 
 
 squash 
 
 sauce 
 
 cake 
 
 pick les 
 
 po 
 
 ta toes 
 
 mince-pie 
 
 fruit 
 
 eel er y 
 
 gra 
 
 vy 
 
 plum-pud ding 
 
 con' serve 
 
 Copy : 
 
 
 
 
 
 At Ohrjstmas play, and make good cheer. 
 
 For Christmas comes but once a year. — Tusser, 
 
 94— Mabel Knight's Party 
 
 1>irf afioii. — TTow many do you think were invited ? 
 Eiglit girls and seven boys. There were only two whose 
 names I knew. Mrs. Knight thought tlie boys made too 
 much noise sometimes. She liked to have them merry, 
 fjaura Fay sang some pretty songs. Ralph Howard made 
 every one laugh by trying to whistle a tune. It snowed 
 when we went home. No one had an umbrella, but all had 
 warm coats and thick shoes. 
 
 TotheTearhttr.—Miex dictating a lesson, have the pupils open their 
 books and correct their own work, or exchange slates and correct one 
 another's work. 
 
 
 i 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 47 
 
 9t.— Letter 
 Bead over Lesson 81. 
 
 MONTUKAL, V. Q., 
 
 My DEAR Elinor: M'/^'-HO, mi. 
 
 . Ijas^^ery J^i^^li^yonr letter. Mamma and I are 
 
 m the -^i^. They are on nide. In the morning, I 
 
 play or with three friends. 
 
 There are things I can do in the afternoon. I can 
 
 drive with mamma on a road that leads through the . It 
 
 IB — and the are singing in the branches over our 
 
 heads. We can climb the mountain and pick . We can 
 
 go to the and for trout ; but we never catch any. 
 
 I have five pounds. I would to make some 
 
 purchases of you and Julia. 
 
 Your 
 
 Bute. 
 
 sev er al 
 ber lies 
 ev ery 
 mount ains 
 
 friend like sha dy 
 
 glad brook cro quet 
 
 birds woods ten nis 
 
 fish receive gained 
 
 Write the letter, putting the right word from the list in each blank. 
 Copy : 
 
 Here's daisies for the mom, primroses for gloom, 
 Pansies and roses for the noontide hours ; 
 
 A wight once made a dial of their bloom,—' 
 So may thy life be measured out by flowers. 
 
 — Hood. 
 
 T^nnmons,-Gloom, twilight ; mghf, a person ; dial, an m- 
 strument for showing the time of day. — . 
 
 !^ !I^^ in abed in the order of their hours for bloomiiiff bo that th«» 
 
 would thttfl ten the time of day and become a floral clock. ^^' "** ^^^^ ^^^ 
 
48 (iliAFTOX'S WORD AND .SExVTENCE BOOK 
 
 t ! 
 
 
 96 SUentl 
 
 97— Silent b 
 
 bslk 
 
 al mond ' 
 
 tomb dumb Iv 
 
 calk 
 
 sdlm on ^ 
 
 jamb plumb er 
 
 balm 
 
 be calm 
 
 plumb numb ness 
 
 alms 
 
 em balm 
 
 doubt climber 
 
 salve 
 
 balm y 
 
 debt or comb in^ 
 
 hiilves 
 
 psaliu 
 
 crumbed doubt ful 
 
 Copy, and draw a line throngh each silent I and silent 6. 
 
 98— Frigid Zone 
 
 Dictation — Frigid means frozen. The Frigid Zones are 
 the coldest parts of the earth. The sun shines there a part 
 of the year. Winter is the only season. They are the small- 
 est and least known of the zones. It is thought that not a 
 single human being lives in the South Frigid Zone. 
 
 99 
 
 seal 
 
 er'mine 
 
 floe 
 
 moss es 
 
 whale 
 
 rein 'deer 
 
 Lapp 
 
 li'chens * 
 
 sable 
 
 po lar bear 
 
 au ro'ra 
 
 red snow 
 
 wal'rus 
 
 • 
 
 ei'der-duck 
 
 snow-hut 
 
 • 
 
 ice bergs 
 
 Dictation.— The chief wealth of the Laplander is his 
 reindeer. A rich man has more than a thousand. The 
 reindeer, when alive, takes the place of the cow and the 
 horse. When dead, its fur is used for clothing, its horns for 
 spoons and cups, its sinews for bow strings and thread, 
 while its flesh and tongue serve for food. 
 
 To the Teacher.— A dictation lesson may be given in several ways : with- 
 out previous study by the pupil ; after the pupil has locked at the lesson a 
 short time ; or after the lesson has been written. Variety is the spice of 
 Bchool life. 
 
 Pronunciation.—^ ii'mund ; ^ sam'Qn; s ll'kgns or JIch'g»iB. 
 
OIIAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE HOOK 
 100— Song of the Gra^s Blades 
 
 40 
 
 ti 
 
 Peeping, peeping, here and there. 
 In lawn and meadows everywhere 
 Coming up to find the spring, 
 And hear the robin redbreast sing ; 
 Creeping under children's feet, 
 Glancing at the violets sweet, 
 Growing into tiny bowers. 
 For the dainty meadow flowers ; — 
 We are small, but think a minute 
 Of a world with no grass in it I ** 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 101 
 
 We should be - 
 
 
 
 
 good 
 
 cor dial 
 
 help ful 
 
 
 civil 
 
 frank 
 
 sin cere 
 
 thought ful 
 
 bli'ging 
 
 prompt 
 
 lov ing 
 
 ge ni al 
 
 
 gen er ous 
 
 hon est 
 
 truth f ul 
 
 stu di ous 
 
 
 o be di ent 
 
 no ble 
 
 care f ul 
 
 pa tient 
 
 
 tem per ate 
 
 po lite 
 
 hope ful 
 
 colirt e otis 
 
 in dus tri ous 
 
 
 
 102 
 
 
 
 We should not be — 
 
 
 
 
 mean 
 
 stin gj 
 
 rude 
 
 im 
 
 po lite 
 
 curt 
 
 cru el 
 
 surly 
 
 dis hon est 
 
 proud 
 
 self ish 
 
 care less 
 
 cow ard ly 
 
 lazy 
 
 un kind 
 
 haugh ty 
 
 quai' rel some 
 
 sulky 
 
 fret ful 
 
 de ceit ful 
 
 di§ 
 
 hon 'our a ble 
 
 saucy 
 
 sul len 
 
 tat tling 
 
 dis 
 
 o be di ent 
 
 To the Teacher,— M6. the pupils in giving orally the meaning of the 
 words in Lessons 101 anct 103 : also let them make complete, short sen 
 tenc«B, using the words both orally and in writing. 
 
60 ORAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE HOOK 
 
 103— Abbreviation! 
 
 Jan u a ry Jan. 
 
 Feb ru a ry Feb. 
 
 March Mar. 
 
 A pril Apr. 
 
 May May 
 
 June June 
 
 A 
 
 Ju ly July 
 
 August Aug. 
 
 Sep tern ber Sept. 
 
 Oc to ber Oct. 
 
 No vem ber Nov. 
 
 Be cem ber Dec. 
 
 The spring montliH are Mar., Apr., and May. 
 
 The summer months are June, July, and Aug. 
 
 Sept., Oct., and Nov. are autumn mouths. 
 
 Dec., Jan., and Feb. are winter months. 
 
 Chill Dec. brings the sleet, blazing fire, and Xmas treat. 
 
 Copy the sentences, writing full words for the abbreviations. 
 104— Winds 106— Boats 
 
 gale 
 gust 
 breeze 
 squall 
 zeph yr 
 tern pest 
 
 ^y'clone 
 si nioom' • 
 ty pho5n' 
 tor na'do 
 whirl wind 
 hur ri cane 
 
 barge 
 yawl 
 sloop 
 yacht ^ 
 do'ry 
 g6n'do la 
 
 ca noe 
 
 • • 
 
 cut ter 
 schoon er 
 ves sel 
 frig ate 
 steam er 
 
 Copy : 
 
 /- > phyr is a gentle breeze, 
 .'•^.^iane make canoes from birch-bark. 
 By an old law, gondolas in Venice are painted black. 
 The hot, ary wind that blows in Arabia is called a si- 
 moom. 
 
 To the Teacher,— Interest the pupils in Lessons 104 and 105 by a conver- 
 sation about the diflferent winds and bouts. Talk wUh pupils rather than 
 to them. 
 
 ' I'roiioniice yot. 
 
L 
 
 aRAFT()X'S WORD AND SEJfTENCK BOOK M 
 
 106— Letter 
 
 -, 189- 
 
 Baturday — holiday — mother — spend — picnic — pond 
 — - lunch — basiiot — swing — grove — berries — - tisli — 
 please — disappoint ^. 
 
 Write the letter as if it had been written to you by a friend. Use 
 the words in the order giveu, and begin the first word of every sen- 
 tence with a capital. 
 
 107- 
 
 —Vehicles 
 
 108- 
 
 -Silent t 
 
 gig 
 
 ecu pe' 
 
 bus tie 
 
 nes tie 
 
 chaise 
 
 se ddn' 
 
 bris tie 
 
 soft en 
 
 sled 
 
 car i ( )le 
 
 chris ten 
 
 has ten 
 
 sleigh 
 
 cm rii bus 
 
 gris tie 
 
 rus tie 
 
 sledge 
 
 char i ot 
 
 glis ten 
 
 this tie 
 
 hack 
 i buggy 
 
 l^ha'e ton 
 
 jos tie 
 
 wres tie 
 
 am bu lance 
 
 hus tie 
 
 lis ten 
 
 Copy the words. Mark out the silnut letters in Lesson 108. 
 
 109— Proverbs— The Bible 
 
 A wise son maketh a glad father. 
 A merry heart maketh a cheerful countenance. 
 A good name is rather to be chosen than great riches. 
 He that ruleth his spirit is better than he that taketh a 
 city. 
 
 rt ...e_«afi/isr.— Prnvorbs and maxims should be committed to memory 
 Explain the meaning as far as you can ; time will do it more fully. 
 
GRAFTON'S WOliD AND Sl^lNTENCE BOOK 
 
 purr 
 
 hum 
 
 low 
 
 grunt 
 
 squeal 
 
 yelp 
 
 howl 
 
 quack 
 
 growl 
 
 mew 
 
 110 — Animal Sounds 
 
 bleat 
 cl lick 
 neigh ^ 
 croak 
 
 go!) ble 
 
 snort 
 cack le 
 whin ny 
 bel low 
 chir'rup 
 
 squeak 
 
 roar 
 
 scream 
 
 buzz 
 
 screech 
 
 Write the name of an animal, and the sound il makes, using the 
 proper fovm of every word in the list. Ex. : Cats purr. Bees hum. 
 
 bee 
 wasp 
 flea 
 lo cust 
 hor net 
 
 Copy : 
 
 gnat 
 moth 
 roach 
 bee tie 
 crick et 
 
 111 — Insects 
 
 ant 
 
 wee vil ^ 
 mos qui 'to '' 
 glow worm 
 silk woi'm 
 
 drag on-fly 
 bum ble-bee 
 but ter fly 
 ka'tydid 
 grass hop per 
 
 "'TIS the middle watch of a summer's night, — 
 
 The earth is dark, but the heavens are bright ; 
 
 The winds are whist, and the owl is still ; 
 
 The bat in the slielvy rock is hid ; 
 
 And naught is heard on the lonely hill 
 
 But the cricket's chirp, and the answer shrill 
 
 Of the gauze-winged katydid. 
 
 And the plaint of the wailing whip-poor-will. 
 
 —Drake, 
 
 112— The Ant 
 
 Dictalton. — The fighting ants would starve to death if 
 they did not have slaves. They attack a colony of working 
 ants and capture the eggs. When the captive ant grows 
 large enough, it has to do all the work. It brushes its mas- 
 ter, feeds hirn, and carries him around on its back. 
 Pronunclatloa.— ina; i>w6W'l; •mOake'tft. 
 
 I ! 
 
GRAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 68 
 
 113— Clothing 
 hoae mackintosh veil 
 
 gloves gai ters scaif 
 
 era vat col lar hood 
 
 skirt trou sers ruf fie 
 
 shawl hand ker chief * neck-tie 
 
 114 — Words of Similar Meanings 
 
 late tar dy soul 
 
 snug cozy rob 
 
 I'ash has ty rich 
 
 grim surly erect 
 
 hurt in jure loose ^ 
 
 sole sin gle com fort 
 
 1 1 5— Choice of Words 
 
 Read and write the following sentences, first with one set oi. words 
 and then with the other. 
 
 muff 
 boots 
 tip pet 
 par a sol 
 o'veralls 
 
 spir it 
 'pluu der 
 fer tile 
 up right 
 un bound 
 con sole 
 
 l] '>*' 
 
 It 
 
 18 
 
 Much 
 _A great deal 
 brouffhtn ^ 
 
 « , , J to US 111 
 
 letcned J 
 
 "lands 
 i_distaiit_ 
 riittle"] 
 
 oiir tea 
 
 comes 
 
 is brought_i 
 
 far T'^^y 
 
 countries 
 
 "ships 
 _steamers_ 
 
 over the 
 
 ijy 
 
 I ,. I olivo P"''"?'' 
 
 l_tiiiy J Lpieces. 
 
 and 
 
 TheP^'t. , 
 
 LearlieBt__ 
 
 best 
 
 est 
 
 1 
 
 Fsteamers 
 
 tea. The boxes are 
 all 
 
 picked 
 _gathered_ 
 
 carried 
 
 to 
 
 „ rChman 
 from \ J 
 
 L Japan J 
 
 sailors "] „ 
 
 irom 
 marmersj 
 
 "oceans"! ^ , 
 
 lake the 
 
 seas _ 
 
 ""^'''' 1 them r^^"^^^ 
 .unfoldj Lwith care 
 
 produce' 
 
 make 
 
 iway"! . Fswift ~] 
 
 _off J Lfast-sailingJ 
 
 "world"] 
 
 _giobej.* 
 
 ' 1. 
 
 3areJ 
 
 leaves 
 
 Lchoic- 
 
 of the 
 
 _borue 
 "lands 
 _everyj |_country_ 
 
 Pronunciation.— > ban kgr chlf . » Notice diflforeuce in souod of s in lOOse 
 aad iQ^e. 
 
r 
 
 54 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 
 lie- 
 
 -Review 
 
 
 ache 
 
 bruise 
 
 bu'reau 
 
 could 
 
 ac cept' 
 
 are 'tic 
 
 care'ful 
 
 dai'sy 
 
 a f raid' 
 
 bis'cuit ' 
 
 car'riage 
 
 cur'tain 
 
 a gain' ' 
 
 au'tumn 
 
 cel'er y 
 
 col'oured 
 
 al'mond 
 
 ba nii'na 
 
 chim'ney 
 
 con'ti nent 
 
 an'i mQ,l 
 
 break 'fast 
 
 Christ'maB 
 
 cran'ber ry 
 
 117 
 
 differ ent 
 
 friend 
 
 health'y 
 
 juice 
 
 dough'nut 
 
 gi raffe' 
 
 help'ful 
 
 knife 
 
 ear'nest 
 
 gru'el 
 
 hom'i ny 
 
 knuckle' 
 
 ei'ther 
 
 e qua'tor 
 
 ho ri'zon 
 
 laugh 
 
 el'e phant 
 
 er'rand 
 
 hy'a cinth 
 
 l6arn 
 
 e nough' 
 
 Feb'ru a ry 
 
 in'ter est ing 
 
 isth'mus 
 
 118 
 
 maize 
 
 mo las'ses 
 
 o'a sis 
 
 rai'sin 
 
 li'chen 
 
 mos qui'to 
 
 bilge' 
 
 pict'ure 
 
 liq'uid 
 
 moun'tain 
 
 om'e let 
 
 pitch'er 
 
 mat' tress 
 
 nei'ther 
 
 os'trich 
 
 pleas'ant 
 
 mi'grate 
 
 neph'ew 
 
 oys'ter 
 
 prai'rie 
 
 min'u end 
 
 niece 
 
 par'al lei 
 
 pump'kin 
 
 119 
 
 I ! 
 
 y i 
 
 rhu'barb 
 
 skein 
 
 tongue 
 
 zone 
 
 rough 
 
 sleigh 
 
 tor'rid 
 
 whose 
 
 sal'mon 
 
 sev'er al 
 
 un til' 
 
 would 
 
 schol'ar 
 
 skel'e ton 
 
 tem'per ate 
 
 wrong 
 
 scis'sors 
 
 spin'ach 
 
 thous'and 
 
 ze'nith 
 
 sen'tence 
 
 squir'rel 
 
 vol cfi'no 
 
 writ'tea 
 
 Pronu 
 
 iieiatioi3.— 1 agC 
 
 n', wo^agiln'; 'bls'klt; sni 
 
 ik'k'l. 
 
PART II 
 
 120 
 
 ** If fortune, with a Rmiling face. 
 Strews roses on our way. 
 When should we stop to pick them up ? 
 
 To-day, my friend, to-day. 
 But should she frown with face of care. 
 
 And talk of coming sorrow. 
 When shall we grieve, if grieve we must ? 
 To-morrow, friend, to-morrow." 
 Copy, leaiii, and write from memory. 
 
 121- On the Writing-desk 
 
 ream 
 quill 
 quire 
 stamps 
 
 rul er 
 tab let 
 blot ter 
 wa fer 
 
 let ter 
 e ras er 
 ink stand 
 fools cap 
 
 pa per-weight 
 port f ol io 
 mu ci lage 
 en'vel ope 
 
 pen knife post al-card die tion a ry seal ing-wax 
 
 t- Write the words alphabetically. 
 
 To the Teacher — Give the pupils frecpieut practicu iu letter- writing. 
 Ttie parts of a letter to be taught are : 
 
 1. The Heading: place and date. 
 
 2. The Salutation, or Greeting. 
 
 3. The Body of the Letter. 
 
 4. The Conclusion: closing words and signature. 
 
 5. The Address : name and residence of tiie person addressed, written on 
 the left ; in business letters, just above tlie Salutation ; in familiar letters, 
 just below the Conclusion ; or sometimes omitted. 
 
 G. Superscription: aMvenmni t]nnin\tilo\)ti. 
 
 Put models on the l)l.ickb( ard. Drill on each part— its proper place, 
 capital letters, and marks of r uactuation. See pp. 42, 47, 51, 93, 94, 95. etc. 
 
56 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 122 — Geography 
 
 Dictation. — The Dominion of Canada extends from the 
 Atlantic Ocean to the Pacific Ocean. The five Great Lakes 
 are on the south. Hudson Bay is in the north-east. 
 
 Starting at the west, let us journey across our country. 
 Near tlic Pacific Ocean is a great highland. The Rocky 
 Mountains are a part of this highland. Gold, silver, and 
 many other valuable minerals are mined here. / 
 
 
 123 
 
 — Mining 
 
 
 zinc 
 
 rui ca 
 
 gran ite 
 
 lode 
 
 lead 
 
 sul phur 
 
 g^p'sum 
 
 shaft 
 
 quartz 
 
 car bon 
 
 pMt'i num 
 
 min er 
 
 cop per 
 
 salt pe'tre 
 
 min er al 
 
 tun nel 
 
 ni tre 
 
 mer cu ry 
 
 me t^riic 
 
 der rick 
 
 e~ 
 
 124 
 
 Geography 
 
 
 Dictation. — Tlie Great Plains lie east of the Rocky 
 Mountains. This is a grazing region. Thousands of buffa- 
 loes used to feed here. Next come the fertile prairies along 
 the Saskatchewan River. Grain grows in this plain. 
 
 The Laurentian Mountains, where timber is found, and 
 the fertile valley of the St. Lawrence, finish our journey 
 across the Dominion. 
 
 !l^ 
 
 i ; 
 
 
 126- 
 
 -Farming 
 
 
 plough 
 
 har'row 
 
 stgr'ile 
 
 fer tile 
 
 reap er 
 mow er 
 
 thresh er 
 fariow 
 
 clay ey 
 bar ren 
 
 toggy 
 
 ar'able 
 
 scythe 
 sick le 
 
 swamp y 
 fruit f ul 
 
 loam'y 
 marsh y 
 
 al lu'vi al 
 gua'no 
 
 
 He that by the plow would thrive 
 Himself must either hold or drive. 
 
 — PranJcUn. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 57 
 
 »m the 
 Lakes 
 
 untry. 
 Rocky 
 r, aud 
 
 le 
 aft 
 n er 
 anel 
 r rick 
 
 Rocky 
 bulfa- 
 I along 
 
 i, and 
 )urney 
 
 ile 
 
 gy 
 
 ble 
 'vial 
 
 QO 
 
 126 — Marks of Punctuation 
 
 , Ooiiima 
 
 ; Semi-colon 
 
 : Colon 
 
 . Period 
 
 — Dash 
 
 ? Interrogation 
 
 ! Exclamation 
 
 ( ) Parentheses 
 
 [ ] Brackets 
 
 Apostrophe 
 - Hyphen 
 •• Diaeresis 
 A Caret 
 
 * * * 
 
 or 
 
 Ellipsis 
 
 . . Ellipsis or Leaders 
 * Star 
 
 t( a 
 
 t Dagger 
 X Double Dagger 
 Quotation || Parallels 
 
 j Brace «[ Paragraph 
 
 § , Section ^^^ Index 
 
 Copy the marks and their names. 
 
 127 
 
 Dictation.— A little neglect may breed great mUcMef: 
 For want of a nail the shoe was lo8t ; for imnt of a shoe the 
 horse was lost ; and for ivant of a liorse the rider ivas lost, 
 being overtaken and slain by the enemy— 2i\\ for want of 
 care about a horseshoe nail. — Franklin. 
 
 Re-write, using words from the following list in place of the words 
 in italics. 
 
 fell 
 lack 
 steed 
 foe 
 
 so pra'no 
 ^I'to 
 
 con trdl'to 
 ten or 
 bar'y tone 
 
 cause 
 killed 
 caught 
 slight 
 
 bass 
 
 so lo 
 du6t' 
 tri'o 
 
 quar t6t' 
 cho rus 
 har mo ny 
 
 stum bled 
 horse mau 
 in ju ry 
 loos ened 
 
 128— Music 
 
 • clef 
 
 trou ble 
 ueg li gence 
 un fas tened 
 at ten tion to 
 
 ti'ump et 
 staff spin et 
 
 harp or gan 
 
 lute trom'bone 
 
 ^yi'^ mu si cian 
 
 J harmony cor'net or'ehes ti'a 
 
 Write the words, and mark every long sound of a vowel. 
 
 To the Teacher.— Teach the pupils the use of the Marks of Punctuation 
 one by one, as they come up in other lessons. ' 
 
ill 
 
 ka 
 
 68 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 129— Capital Letters 
 / JBule.— Titles, when applied to persons, begin with capitals. 
 
 Dictation. — The famous Duke of Wellington won the 
 battle of Waterloo. I met Sir Walter Scott at his home, 
 Abbotsford. Among the guests were Senator Benton and 
 Judge Story. We called on President Lincoln at the White 
 House. 
 
 ' 
 
 130- 
 
 -Titles 
 
 
 king 
 
 vis'count * 
 
 in ay 'or 
 
 count 
 
 prince 
 
 bar on 
 
 sen a tor 
 
 judge 
 
 duke 
 
 bar'on et 
 
 em per or 
 
 queen 
 
 mar quis 
 
 pres'i dSnt 
 
 czar ^ 
 
 ad mi ral 
 
 earl 
 
 gov ern or 
 
 stir tan 
 
 com 'mo dore 
 
 Copy : 
 
 131 
 
 Either tlie English or the French language may be used 
 in debates in the Parliament of the Dominion ; but in 
 the Quebec Legislature, both languages must be used in 
 the records and journals and in the printed Acts. 
 
 — Miles. 
 
 } 
 
 wor 
 
 132 — Synonyms 
 
 (j, wasteful 
 ll fearful 
 ^ ru ral 
 I plag'idk 
 ar dent 
 hard y 
 
 Write the words in the first two columns, and opposite each write a 
 meaning from the last two columns. 
 
 / Be rene' 
 ^ com ic 
 5 pii'trid 
 ^ ea ger 
 J rud dy 
 / lav isli 
 
 ■i rus tic 
 
 Ijta^'it 
 
 ^turbid 
 
 ^tur dy 
 . ;s6m'bre 
 
 tim id 
 
 i-f 
 
 si lent 
 gloom y^y 
 mud dya 
 fl5r'id i- 
 rot ten J 
 mirthful 5^ 
 
 Prouunclation.— > vi'kouQt : *zSx, 
 
gym'nast 
 
 gypsy 
 
 eu'gine 
 mar gin 
 
 GRAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 133 — ^ soft, gfem 
 gib lets horn age 
 
 59 
 
 gen'ius * 
 
 gen'u me 
 mag 'is trate 
 gym nas'tics 
 gym na'gi um 
 
 gib bet 
 gen teel' gen e sis 
 herb 'age ^ gest'ure 
 
 Write sentences using the words engine, engineer, gesture, genuine, 
 and gymtiaaiics. 
 
 134 — Compound Words 
 
 _ A word formed of two simple words is called a compound word If 
 It has been in general use a long time, its parts are joined like the 
 syllables of a simple word ; if not, a hyphen is placed between thera. 
 
 Make as many compound words as you can of the following simple 
 words; find out from the dictionary which should have a hyphen. 
 Ex. : Rainbow, snow-bound. 
 
 hand 
 
 foot 
 
 school 
 
 pen 
 
 work 
 
 shoe 
 
 saw 
 
 ball 
 
 mate 
 
 knife 
 
 shop 
 
 string 
 
 made 
 
 step 
 
 book 
 
 man 
 
 table 
 
 black 
 
 135 
 
 cart 
 
 stool 
 
 house 
 
 hold er 
 
 bag 
 
 maker 
 
 maid 
 
 race 
 
 girl 
 
 box 
 
 folks 
 
 nail 
 
 C 
 
 How many rompound words can you form, using as the first word 
 head? play? home? 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Mont Blanc is the monarch of mountains ; 
 They crowned him long ago. 
 On a throne of rocks, in a robe of clouds. 
 With a diadem of snow. — Byroii. 
 
 What and where is Mont Blanc? What is meant by " monarch of 
 mountains"? -throne of rocks"? "robe of clouds"? and "diadem 
 of snow"? 
 
 PronuuciatIou.-> jeu'yfia or je'ui Os ; » erb'Aj or herb'^'. 
 
60 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 136 — Homon3nns 
 
 cent, a com 
 1 •{ Bcent, an odor 
 sent, did send 
 
 j plum, a fruit 
 
 ( plumb, perpendicular 
 
 g j stare, 
 I stair. 
 
 to, as in " Give it to me" 
 
 6 •{ too, as in '' too cold " 
 two, a number 
 
 { threw, did throw 
 G •< through, as in '* through the 
 
 air 
 
 stare, to look earnestly 
 a step 
 
 ^ j fir, a tree 
 ( fur, fine, soft hair 
 
 ^ j fore, in front 
 ( four, a number 
 
 8 
 
 earn, to get or merit by labor 
 
 urn, a vase 
 
 Write the sentences, putting the riglit word in the right place. 
 
 It is not what wo (8), but what we save that makes us 
 rich. — Prov. A bird in the hand is worth (5) in the bush. 
 — Prov. We (1) the silver (8) (5) them. I^ remember the 
 (T)-trees, dark and high. — Hood. A (1) is one-hundredth 
 part of a dollar. Prunes are dried (2)s. A dog has (4) feet, 
 but the (4) feet are the two front feet. And all the world 
 would (3). — Coivper. The (1) of the roses will hang round 
 it still. — Moore. Who (6) the stone (6) the window? Rus- 
 sian sable is a costly (7). (5) many cooks spoil the broth. 
 Masons test a wall with a (3)-line. White marble (3)b lead 
 to the Capitol. 
 
 137— The Pate Palm 
 
 Dictation. — The date palm is the most useful tree to the 
 Arab. The wood is used for fuel and building. The leaves 
 are made into baskets, brushes, ropes, and mats. The fruit 
 is his food. Wine and vinegar are made from the juice. 
 The young shoots are cooked and eaten. Oil is made from 
 the seeds. , 
 
V 
 
 /^ 
 
 fJRAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 138 — Silent g 
 ,' 3 
 
 61 
 
 gneiss 
 sign 
 feign ^ 
 deign 
 
 gnarled 
 phlegm 
 gnash 
 re §ign' 
 as sign 
 be nign 
 
 ma lign' 
 poig'nant 
 sov'er eign 
 di'aphragm 
 ^luiin pagne'^ 
 as sign'ment 
 
 gnu gnariea ar raign 
 
 gnaw phlepjm con dign 
 
 im pugn 
 
 for'eign 
 
 cam paign' 
 
 de sign y 
 
 Copy the words. Draw a line through silent g. 
 
 139— Geography 
 
 ";' Alaska was from in 1867. Its shores are washed 
 
 by tlie Current, a stream of warm water that flows from 
 
 the Japan Islands the Pacific Ocean. The winds blow 
 
 over this and make the mild and moist. There 
 
 are large forests of , fir, , and pine. The is 
 
 magnificent. High , deep , and immense are 
 
 numerous. The are chiefly Indians and They 
 
 fish and hunt. The seal fishery is the most iu the 
 
 world. Sitka is the . 
 
 Copy, and fill the blanks from the first list of words below. 
 
 'val leys pnr'chased Kus'sia ^ ce dar 
 
 current across spruce scen'ery 
 
 cap i tal gMc'i ers in hab'it ants val'u a ble 
 
 cli mate Es'ki m6§ Ja pan' mount ains 
 
 stealth 
 trough 
 thrift 
 
 vague 
 voice 
 
 whiff 
 trait 
 
 vogue spa 
 twilled vault fierce 
 
 ooze 
 cruise 
 browse 
 shrimp 
 
 wrought 
 squeeze 
 grudge 
 sword ^ 
 
 Prouu:aciatlon.-i niB ; a fto ; s itt&a' ; * sUm pan' ; Tash', ; • sord. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 eel 
 
 cod 
 carp 
 perch 
 bass 
 
 trout 
 
 pike 
 
 shar^: 
 
 shad 
 
 smelt 
 
 140— Fish 
 
 dttl'phm 
 sarMifne 
 had dock 
 suck er 
 miu'n6w 
 
 her ring 
 mack'er el 
 pick er el 
 stur geou 
 hal'i but 
 
 Which fish are used for food? Which are caught in fresh water? 
 Which are caught iu salt water? Which one takes its name from an 
 lelaud? 
 
 
 141— The Cod 
 
 Dictation,— The cod is one of the most important fish 
 used for food. The chief fishing grounds are the Grand 
 Bank of Newf oundhmd and places in its vicinity. Here there 
 is a great abundance of small fish and other marine animals 
 on which the cod preys. The cod is usually prepared for the 
 market by salting and drying on frames called " flakes/' 
 
 142— Comma 
 
 Rule.— The name of the person addressed should be senftrafflfl hr a MAm««. 
 or commas from the rest of the sentence. separated by a comma 
 
 1. Edith, where is your sister ? 2. Please open the win- 
 dow, Robert. 3. Wait, Harold, until your friend comes. 
 
 Hel en 
 Blanche 
 Agnes 
 Ber tha 
 
 Fran'geg 
 Em i ly 
 I rene 
 Mar i on 
 
 R^iph 
 Guy 
 Rich ard 
 Fran'§is 
 
 Ed ward 
 Al f red 
 Ed mund 
 Her bert 
 
 Write three sentences, using the name of a person addressed at the 
 beginning, at the end, and in the middle of a sentence. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 6d 
 
 143— Imports 
 
 jut 
 
 le wool leii8 por'ce lain 
 
 I vo 
 
 ry 
 
 cord aire 
 an clio'vies 
 gut'ta-per'clia 
 
 silk al CO hoi cttcb'i neal ^ 
 
 wines jew el rj chem ic als 
 CO logne' ' liard'ware gum-ar'a bic 
 
 144 
 
 Look for goodness, look for gladness. 
 You will meet them all the while ; 
 If you bring a smiling visage 
 To the glass, you meet a smile. 
 Copy, learn, and recite. —Alice Cary, 
 
 146— Singular and Plural 
 JJM?«.-Some words form their plurals by adding g 
 Table, one object, is singular. Tables, more* than one obiect is 
 plural. Write the phiral form of each word in the list below! ^' 
 
 fool 
 
 lock 
 
 feast 
 
 hook 
 
 priest 
 
 del ta 
 an gel 
 se cret 
 dra ma 
 f el low 
 
 mask 
 fos sil 
 han die 
 hel met 
 freck le 
 
 liq uor ® 
 lad der 
 lob ster 
 mar ket 
 ma'tron 
 
 146 
 
 Dlctatlo„.-The ship "Neptune/' from Calcutta, has 
 
 The schooner - Zephyr " sails from Havana loaded with 
 sugaj^^molasses, oranges, bananas, cigar,?, and mahoj 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 kfilon' 
 
 jgany, 
 
 ' kOch'Inei ; » llk'Sr. 
 
04 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 
 147- 
 
 -g hard, fig 
 
 
 gift 
 
 ga })le 
 
 tar get 
 
 guest 
 
 girt 
 
 gir die 
 
 gal lop 
 
 gauze 
 
 gild 
 
 giz zard 
 
 gar gle 
 
 guard 
 
 gear 
 
 gher kin 
 
 gey'ser 
 
 giddy 
 
 gimp 
 
 gib bona 
 
 gal'lant 
 
 giggle 
 
 geese 
 
 gew gaw 
 
 gaunt' let 
 
 gain ea 
 
 Write the words. Mark the short sounds of a and i. 
 
 148— Singular and Plural 
 
 Rule.- 
 
 Some words form their plurals by adding e8% 
 
 
 box 
 
 gash 
 
 loss 
 
 hero 
 
 lash 
 
 hoax 
 
 dish 
 
 ech o 
 
 sash 
 
 torch 
 
 inch 
 
 re bus 
 
 tress 
 
 patch 
 
 mesh 
 
 negro 
 
 leech 
 
 witch 
 
 sketch 
 
 mot to 
 
 couch 
 
 punch 
 
 ac tress 
 
 tor pe'do 
 
 Write the words in a column, and opposite each, its plural form. 
 
 149 
 
 Rewrite the following sentences so that every word in italics will 
 mean more than one. 
 
 The hero wore a helmet. A lobster is for sale in the mar- 
 ket. A fossil was foiuid in the ledge. The box has a handle. 
 A torpedo was placed in the fort. The dish is on the upper 
 shelf. A tress is a ringlet or curl of hair. The man carried 
 a torch in the procession. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 05 
 
 160 — Homonyms 
 
 1< 
 
 air, what we breathe 
 e'er, ever 
 ere, before 
 1^ heir, one who inherits 
 
 2 j sail, of a ship 
 ( sale, a Bellinir 
 
 selling 
 
 „ j holy, sacred 
 ( wholly, completely 
 
 plain, level ground ; clear 
 4 -l piano, flat surface ; tree ; 
 tool 
 
 rain, water from clouds 
 f) •{ reign, to rule 
 rein, for a horse 
 
 „ ( coarse, rough 
 ( course, way 
 
 -, j collar, band for the neck 
 ( choler, anger 
 
 j dying, ceasing to live 
 ( dyeing, colouring 
 
 Write the sentences, putting the right word in the right place. 
 
 Westward the (G) of empire takes its vftiy.— Berkeley. 0, 
 there is sweetness in the morning {\).— Byron. (3) angels 
 guard thy hed..— Watts. How gladly would we buy time 
 were it for (2). How beautiful is? the (5) after the dust and 
 heat— Lony fellow. The top of my deyk is a (4) surface. 
 What ! drunk with {7).— Shakespeare. The (7) was made of 
 cloth. ■ We thought her (8) when she slept. The Prince of 
 Wales is (1) to the English throne. Russia is almost (3) a 
 vast (4). Write home (1) the ship (2)8. The (5) guides 
 the horse. The cochineal insects furnish a red colour for (8). 
 Shakespeare lived during the (5) of Queen Elizabeth. 
 
 And Ardennes waves above them her green leaves. 
 
 Dewy with nature's tear-drops, as they pass, 
 
 Grieving, if aught inanimate (1) grieves. 
 
 Over the unreturning brave, alas ! 
 
 (1) evening to be trodden like the grnas.—Byron. 
 
 lb the Teacher — Lead the pupils to understand the meaning of the 
 quotations and express it in their own language. 
 5 
 
66 
 
 GKAFTON'S WOUl) AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 • 
 
 151 
 
 —Cloths 
 
 
 jedii 
 
 sat in 
 
 si kVsi a 
 
 cal i CO 
 
 baize 
 
 vel vet 
 
 nie li'no 
 
 al pac'a 
 
 serge 
 
 flan nel 
 
 cam 'brie 
 
 dam ask 
 
 plush 
 
 nius liii 
 
 bro c'ilde' 
 
 cor du roy 
 
 liii (Ml 
 
 ino'haii" 
 
 cliCv'i ot 
 
 cas'si mere 
 
 twoed 
 
 do laiiie 
 
 ging ham 
 
 vel vet een' 
 
 cluutz 
 
 broad clotli 
 
 cash 'mo re 
 
 seer'suck er 
 
 152 
 
 DIoialloii.— Liiioii is mado from Mio tibros of flax. Most 
 of the linen nsed in Canada comes from Hiirope. Vel- 
 vet mado from cotton is ealled velveteen. Alpaca is mado 
 from the wool of an animal that lives in the Andes Moun- 
 tains. Calico was named from Calicut, a town in India. 
 
 153 
 
 Copy, learn, uiul recite : 
 
 The year's at the Si)ring ; 
 
 The day's at the nu)rn ; 
 
 Morning's at seven ; 
 
 The hill-side's dew-])earled ; 
 
 The lark's on the wing ; 
 
 The snail's on the thorn ; 
 
 Ck)d's in his heaven ; — 
 
 All's right with the world.— 7j'r)/><?r/ Tironming. 
 
 154 
 
 IMolalloii.— Rain sinks into the soil and dissolve the 
 salt it finds there. Through springs, brooks, and rivers the 
 fiiilt it^ parried to tiu^ ocean. When tlu- vapour rises to form 
 clouds, the salt is left behind. So the sea gets its salt. 
 
ORAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 67 
 
 155 — Geography 
 
 niclalSoii.— Most of tlie siirfaco of South America is a 
 vast })lain. T\uvo. long rivers and their tributaries drain 
 this plain. 
 
 'I'he most northern river is the Orinoco, The jilains along 
 its banks are known as l.lanos. They resemble our })rairies. 
 During the wet season they are clothed with ri(!h grass. 
 Cattle feed on the grass. In the dry season the J.lanos are 
 dry and parched. 
 
 Qui'to* 
 AnMes 
 llti'ina 
 con 'dor 
 chill cliil'la 
 
 156 
 
 pearls 
 Mar gji r'i'tsi 
 log wood 
 ciii elio'na 
 sar sa pa ril'la 
 
 pitch 
 
 Trill i dad' 
 pen'guiu 
 al'ha tross 
 Falk'laiid^ 
 
 157 — Geography 
 
 DIetalloii.— The middle river is the Amazon. Its plains 
 are called Selvas. They are covered with thick forests. 
 Among the trees are the India-rubber, the brejidfruit, the 
 eow-troe, and a great variety of palms. The La Plata is the 
 most southern river. Its plains are called Pampas. They 
 are like the Llanos. 
 
 grass y 
 Lla'uos 
 Pam'pag 
 La Pla'ta 
 
 v/ li lit; CO 
 
 hides 
 horns 
 cat tie 
 tal'low 
 tree less 
 
 158 
 
 f(^r est 
 Sel vas 
 Ain'a zon 
 bread fruit 
 caoui'ehoiic ^ 
 
 sim'i lar 
 cow-tree 
 va ri'e ty 
 re sem'ble 
 dye woods 
 
 Pronunclattou.-i kC'tO ; a fgk'land ; ' koo'chijak. 
 

 68 GRAFTOxN'S WORD A^D SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 159— Singular and Plural 
 JJMi^.-Some words form their plurals by changing /or fe into ves. 
 
 life 
 self 
 beef 
 
 elf 
 
 loaf 
 
 shelf 
 
 calf 
 
 half_ 
 
 wharf 
 
 leaf 
 
 thief 
 
 knife 
 
 wife 
 
 wolf_ 
 
 sheaf 
 
 gulf 
 hoof 
 
 fife 
 be lief 
 
 The following words add s only : 
 
 reef surf waif 
 
 grief roof chief 
 
 Write the singular of each word, and its plural form beside it. / 
 
 160 
 
 Rewrite the following sentences, changing each plural to itssirgular 
 form : 
 
 Elves are fairies. Twelve knives lay on the shelves. 
 Calves have hoofs. Wolves attacked the serfs. Thieves hid 
 under the wharves. 
 
 Rewrite the following sentences, changing each singular to its plural 
 form : 
 
 Try for yourself. A coral reef was in the gulf. Half of 
 a leaf was torn. Tlie house had a red roof, A sheaf of 
 wheat stood iu the lield. 
 
 
 
 161- 
 
 -ar and er 
 
 
 so lar 
 
 lat ter 
 
 later 
 
 filter 
 
 lunar 
 
 an ger 
 
 cof fer 
 
 lard er 
 
 tar tar 
 
 bet ter 
 
 dif fer 
 
 blis ter 
 
 stel lar 
 
 drov er 
 
 hin der 
 
 blub ber 
 
 nee tar 
 
 can ker 
 
 gan der 
 
 mem ber 
 
 vulgar 
 
 ban ner 
 
 hop per 
 
 drum me 
 
 ^ 
 
/ 
 
 w 
 
 7 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 162— Comma 
 
 69 
 
 Rule.— A comma separates the words of a series. 
 Dictation.— A large, sweet, juicy orange was given to 
 the little girl. Lead is soft, heavy, and flexible. Recite 
 your lessons promptly, distinctly, and slowly. The wheel 
 has a hub, felly, tire, and spokes. The children hopped, 
 skipped, and jumped. The heel,' sole, upper-leuther, lining, 
 and tongue are parts of a shoe. 
 
 <-. 
 
 163 
 
 Make five sentenops, using in each the words across the page. 
 
 glass 
 win dow 
 hemmed 
 Wal ter 
 learned 
 
 smooth 
 sash 
 
 gath ered 
 George 
 ea si \y 
 
 bi'it tie 
 panes 
 stitched 
 Owen 
 rap id ly 
 
 164 — Singular and Plural 
 
 trans par ent 
 
 weights 
 
 seam stress * 
 
 I'ode 
 
 per feet ly 
 
 7 
 
 fom the~lSaf ^^^^°^ ^"^ '^ ^^^^ * consonant change v to i, and add es to 
 
 filly tory salary gallery 
 
 fury daisy family mummy 
 
 ferry penny misery grocery 
 
 JjM^e.- Words ending in v after a vowel add « to form the plural. 
 
 toy es'say alley kidney 
 
 joy mon ey vol ley med ley 
 
 prey d6n'key pulley attor'ney^ 
 
 Copy each word and write its plural form opposite. 
 
 Prouuuclatlou.— 1 eSm'strds or sCm'strfis ; a fit tflr'nj^. 
 
 -**^ .i. , ■* 
 
70 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 165 
 
 The Queen of Slieba orought two wreaths to King Solo- 
 mon to test his wisdom. One was made of natural flowers, 
 the other of artificial. The king was to select the natural 
 wreath. They were so skilfully made that none of the court- 
 iers, and not even the king himself, could see any difference. 
 Suddenly a bee flew into tlie room. It alighted eagerly on 
 one of the wreaths. It staid there some time, and then flew 
 out of the window. '' The wreath the bee alighted upon has 
 the real flowers," said the king. 
 
 Write the story in your own words. Topics : two people ; two 
 
 wreatns ; tne qi 
 
 nestion ; the doubt ; t 
 166—6, 
 
 he bee ; the decis 
 long 
 
 iion. 
 
 CO here' 
 
 e qual ^ 
 
 needy 
 
 weary 
 
 se Crete 
 
 se vere' 
 
 speed y 
 
 drear y 
 
 im pede 
 
 de cent 
 
 feed ing 
 
 trea son 
 
 con vene 
 
 fe male 
 
 heed f ul 
 
 cheap ly 
 
 ex treme 
 
 pre cept 
 
 free dom 
 
 3^ear ling 
 
 su preme 
 
 de scribe' , 
 
 cheer ful 
 
 mean ing 
 
 Copy the words, and mark the long sound of e. 
 
 Select a word from each column, and write a sentence containing it. 
 
 Dictation. — If you want knowledge you must toil for it ; 
 if food, you must toil for it ; and if pleasure, you must toil 
 for it. Toil is the law. Pleasure comes through toil, and 
 not by self-indulgence and indolence. When one gets to 
 love work his life is a happy one. — Rushin. , 
 
 law 
 when 
 
 toil 
 
 want 
 
 Cv^ixic; 
 
 through pleas ure hap py 
 
 self 
 in d 
 in'do lence 
 
 ui gcuoG 
 
 'V'^ 
 
two 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 167 — Homonyms 
 
 71 
 
 ( pair, two 
 1 •< pare, to cut off 
 ( pear, a fruit 
 
 5 
 
 {meat, animal food 
 meet, proper; to come to- 
 gether 
 mete, to measure 
 
 2 J their, belonging to them ^ j ascent, a rising 
 
 ( there, in that place ( assent, agreement 
 
 3 j capital, chief town; stock ^ j pane, a plate of glass 
 ( capitol, building ( pain, an ache 
 
 ^ j hear, to listen 
 ( here, in this place 
 
 8 
 
 j rye, { 
 ( wry. 
 
 I gram 
 y, crooked 
 
 Copy the sentences, putting the right word in the right place, 
 
 (2) is nothing new under the sun. — Bible. (8) grows in 
 cold countries. When shall we three (5) again ?— Shake- 
 speare. A (7) of glass. (4) rests his head upon the lap of 
 earth.— Gray. Can you (1) a (1) with a (1) of scissors? 
 The (3) is a white marble building. The (0) of Mont Blanc 
 is full of danger. Be silent that you may (4).— Shakespeare. 
 Sweet is pleasure after (1).—Dryde7i. Birds in (2) little 
 nests agree.— Watts. Washington is the (3) of the United 
 States. Is not the life more than (5) ?^BiUe. He gave his 
 (6) to the proposal. There is a bird called the (8) neck. 
 With what measure ye (5), it shall be measured to you again. 
 — Bible, 
 
 
 168 — Diphthongs: ow, ou 
 
 
 cowl 
 
 prowl 
 
 clown 
 
 crowd 
 bow er 
 dow er 
 
 rouse 
 shout 
 crouch 
 
 de vour' 
 found ry 
 scoun drel 
 
 crown 
 drown 
 
 cow ard 
 drow sy 
 
 mound 
 flounce 
 
 com pound 
 pro nounce 
 
72 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 169— The Beaver 
 
 Dictation. — The beaver was once abundant in North 
 America, but lias gradually disappeared before the settle- 
 ments of the white man. It swims with its tail and hind- 
 feet. Tlie hind-feet are webbed. The tail is large and flat, 
 and is used as a scull. It builds a home by the edge of the 
 water. Each house has two stories. Two or three families 
 Jive in one house. 
 
 170 — Grammar 
 
 verb 
 noun 
 ad verb 
 pro noun 
 ad jec tive 
 
 an a lyze 
 gram mar 
 con June tion 
 prep o si tion 
 in ter jec tion 
 
 sim pie 
 com pi ex 
 dis pos al 
 
 per son al 
 a nal y sis 
 
 clause 
 sub ject 
 pred i cate 
 col lee tive 
 com pound 
 
 n/ 
 
 171— The Beaver 
 
 Dictation. — The food is stored in the lower story under 
 water. They eat the bark of trees and roots of plants. 
 The beavers live in the upper story, where it is dry. The 
 entrance is under water. If the stream is shallow, a dam is 
 built across it. The dam is made of small trees, roots, moss, 
 and mud, The beaver works at night. 
 
 172— i short 
 
 a,g'ile rig'id im'age 
 
 viv id ac tive jus tice 
 
 d6g'ile fes tive den tist 
 
 bos tile rgp'tile serv ice 
 
 mis sile crev ice prom ise 
 
 Copy the words. Mark the short sounds of the vowels. 
 
 fidg'et 
 res pite 
 c6r'nice 
 des tine 
 doc trine 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 78 
 
 173— Irregular Plurals 
 
 Singular 
 
 . Plural 
 
 Singular 
 
 JRural 
 
 OX 
 
 oxen 
 
 mouse 
 
 mice 
 
 this 
 
 these 
 
 child 
 
 chil dren 
 
 that 
 
 those 
 
 woman 
 
 wom en 
 
 tooth 
 
 teeth 
 
 broth er 
 
 breth ren 
 
 goose 
 
 geese 
 
 pen ny 
 
 pence 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Lost, yesterday, somewhere between sunrise and sunset, 
 two golden hours, each set with sixty di imond minutes. 
 
 — Horace Mann, 
 
 174 
 
 Lo, here hath been dawning another blue day ; 
 Think wilt thou let it slip, useless away. 
 Out of Eternity this new day is born ; 
 Into Eternity at night will return. 
 
 Behold it aforetime no eye ever did ; 
 So soon it forever from all eyes is hid. 
 Here hath been dawning another blue day ; 
 Think wilt thou let it slip useless away. 
 
 — Carlyle, 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 % 
 
 loi'ter 
 toi let 
 poi son 
 
 ap point' 
 
 175 — Diphthongs: oi and oy 
 
 coil an noy' 
 
 broil de coy 
 
 spoil boy'ish 
 
 hoist em ploy' 
 
 choice boy'cott 
 
 m voice 
 re joice' 
 pur loin 
 oint'ment 
 em broid er 
 
u 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 176 — Geography 
 
 Dictation.— England rules one-fourth of all. the people 
 and owns one-fifih of all the land in the world. Her colo- 
 nies are in every continent. '' The sun never sets on the 
 British Empire." 
 
 The Gulf Stream and the warm, moist, west winds from 
 it make tlie climate mild. England is like a garden- 
 green hedges, green fields, and grand old trees. In the 
 manufacture of cotton goods, woollens, linens, and hardware, 
 England ranks first in the world. 
 
 Tow er 
 
 Thames* 
 
 Lon don 
 
 Hyde Park 
 
 Brit isli Mil ge'um 
 
 Par lia ment Hous es 
 
 177 
 
 docks 
 Lif f ey 
 Mer'gey 
 Dub lin 
 Bel fast 
 
 Clyde 
 cas tie 
 Glas gow 
 ship yards 
 ca the dral 
 
 2 
 
 Liv er pool Hoi y rood 
 West roin ster Ab bey ware hous es Ed in burgh 
 
 To the Teacher.— Let any pupil select a word, and tell what he knows 
 about it, 
 
 178 — 9 soft, qent 
 
 gen'ser ^ir'cus ag'id 
 
 cen sus ci pher cir cuit 
 
 cen tral cin der cyl in der 
 
 cem ent cer tain eel e brate 
 
 cen taur cen sure cem'e t6r y 
 
 Copy words. Mark the soft sound of c. 
 
 Write sentences, using certain, celebrate, ceiling, circus, central. 
 
 Qeiring 
 cym bal 
 cent'u ry 
 ce les tial 
 cen ten'ni al 
 
 Pronunciation,.—! tgmz ; agd'inbtlrri 
 
i 
 
 . GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 75 
 
 179 — Direct Qnotation 
 
 Xtulet—A direct quotation 
 
 ' begins with a capital letter, 
 is separated by a comma from the rest of the 
 
 sentence. 
 . is inclosed by quotation marks.' 
 
 Dictation. — " Wlien shall we have recess ? " asked 
 •Charles. **At half-past eleven/' replied his teacher. 
 Thomas Jefferson said, " Never put '■'•)' till to-morrow what 
 you can do to-day.'' Who said, ••';) me liberty or give 
 me death " ? Gertrude said, " I i.f^ •• learned to ^pell 
 receiving and belie viny, till and until ^ci^C'd siege/' 
 
 180 
 
 say 
 ask 
 
 says 
 asks 
 
 said 
 asked 
 
 say ing 
 ask ing 
 
 cry 
 tell 
 
 cries 
 tells 
 
 cried 
 told 
 
 cry ing 
 tell ing 
 
 re ply 
 
 re plies 
 
 re plied 
 
 re ply ing 
 
 an swer 
 
 an swers 
 
 an swered 
 
 an swer ing 
 
 181 — Direct Quotation 
 
 Bictatioii.— '* iJncle Henry, please tell me a story," said 
 Clara. Her uncle answered, " What shall I tell you ? 
 '' Oh," said Clara, " tell me about Jack and the bean-stalk. 
 
 And the brown thrush keeps singing, '*A nest do you see. 
 And five eggs hid by me in the juniper tree." 
 
 Copy three sentences from your Reader containing direct quotations. 
 
 'j >} 
 
 >f 
 
 1 A way to teach the use of quotation marks : 
 
 Teacher: Anne, ea> something to me. 
 
 Anne ; It Ib a pleasant day. 
 
 Teacher: Bertha, make a sentence telling what Aune has said. 
 
 Bertha : Anne said, " It is a pleasant day." 
 
 Teacher: Class, write Bertha a sentence. 
 
70 
 
 6 'pal 
 I'll by 
 to paz 
 6'nyx 
 agate 
 
 GRAFTON'S WOJil) AXIJ SENTRN(;K BOOi^ 
 
 182— Precious Stones 
 
 beryl 
 jas per 
 mir net 
 moon stone 
 blood stone 
 
 cam o 
 em er aid 
 di a mond 
 car'bun cle 
 car nel'ian ^ 
 
 am'e thffit 
 raal n ohite ' 
 tnr quoige' ^ 
 sap'piiire ** 
 la'pis-Mz'u \i 
 
 183 
 
 Dictation.— Ireland is called the Emerald Isle from its 
 verdure. The best opals come from Hungary. Diamonds 
 are found mixed with gravel in the earth in South Africa. 
 The Romans believed that wine drunk from a cup made of 
 amethyst would not intoxicate. 
 
 184 
 
 Copy, putting the words from the following list in place )f the 
 italicized words : 
 
 A Roman matron, who was ver^j rich and fond of shotv, 
 once visited Cornelia, a Roman mother, who was very ) 
 proud of her two sons. The lady exhibited her gems to 
 Cornelia, who in her turn /ailed in her two sons and said'^ 
 to her friend, '' These are my jewels." 
 
 showed ^ 
 vis it or 9 
 dis play ^ 
 
 ' op'u lent 
 ex treme ly 
 sum nioned 
 
 jew els 
 
 ' re plied 
 
 i, equal ly 
 
 185 — Minerals 
 fel'spar flint nick'el 
 
 ar'se nic bo'rax graph'ite 
 
 ox'y gen bi tu'men sand'stone 
 
 em'er y 
 pum'ice 
 quick'sil ver 
 
 Pronunclatlon.-i kSr ncl'yon ; a mill'a kit ; s tflr koiz'; « eaf Ir or sfif gr. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 186 — Homon3rini 
 
 77 
 
 ewe, a female sheep 
 you, person addressed 
 yew, an evergreen tree 
 
 o j cruel, unkind 
 ( creweJ . soft yarn 
 
 g ( choir, a band oi' singers 
 ( quire, 24 sheets of paper 
 
 ^ ( bough, a branch 
 
 ( bow, to bend; front of shiji 
 
 g j knead, to work dough 
 ( need, want 
 
 n j stake, a post ; it wager 
 I steak, a slice of meat 
 
 ^ j gait, manner of walking 
 ( gate, a kind of door 
 
 main, chief 
 8 -l mane, hair on horse's neck 
 Maine, one of the U. S. 
 
 Put the right word in the riglit place. 
 
 I had most (5) of blessing.- Shakespeare. May I join the 
 (3) invisible.— 6^eo. BHot. (l)s and bleating himhs.— Mil- 
 ton. Added woes may (4) me to the gi'oimd.—Fojje. (2)a 
 are used in embroidc y. (1) must (5) the dough to make 
 good bread. The man who walked tlirough the (7) had a 
 peculiar (7). Have a care for the (8) chance.— Butler. 
 Twenty (3)s make a roam. He bought a slice of sirloin (fJ). 
 Me. is the abbreviation of C8). The Mistletoe (4) is a poem. 
 Like a dew-drop from tli ' lioa's (8). Joan of Arc was 
 burned at the (G). The wood of the (1) was used for mak- 
 ing bows. 
 
 cleft 
 
 pyre 
 
 brief 
 
 copse 
 
 corpse 
 
 clench 
 
 cleanse 
 
 187— Diflacult Monosyllables 
 
 flaw 
 
 g< id 
 
 flare 
 
 dealt 
 
 freak 
 
 fraud 
 
 fledge 
 
 chasm 
 
 dredge 
 
 farce 
 guile 
 gloat 
 gorge 
 gourd 
 
 liege 
 lapse 
 weii'd 
 
 grease 
 mould 
 mourn 
 league 
 
 rouge 
 
 roo^ue 
 
 shone 
 
 pri^m 
 
 pierce 
 
 olaef-ue 
 
 scourge 
 
7b 
 
 (iUAl'TON'S WORD AND SKNT. 
 
 i 
 
 ENCE BOOK 
 188— Singular and Plural 
 
 Jtul^,- Letters, marks, and figures are made plural by adding an apostrc 
 pne and s ( '»j, *^ 
 
 Blcimioii.~Dot your ?",>» and cross your /'.«?. ITow many 
 ^'.s- aro tlioro in Hcparate? Tlio + 's are between the G'.v aiid 7's. 
 
 n„tp. -Of most compound words, only that part is made plural which is 
 descnbed by the rest. 
 
 foot ball foot balls father-in-lavvr fathers-in-law 
 
 draw bridge draw bridges hanger-on liangers-ou 
 
 foe man foe men ear ring ear rings 
 
 flag staff fing staffs pail ful pail f uls 
 
 court-martial courts-martial spoonful spoonfuls 
 
 
 189- 
 
 -Synonyms 
 
 
 de clare' 
 
 a ver' 
 
 as sert' 
 
 af firm' 
 
 col lect 
 
 amass 
 
 ecu cede 
 
 al low 
 
 al lay 
 
 as siia2:e 
 
 zearous 
 
 ar'dent 
 
 ap pall 
 
 af f riojht 
 
 con cern' 
 
 af fair' 
 
 at tacli 
 
 ap pend 
 
 con sent 
 
 a g'ree 
 
 pac'i fy 
 
 ap pease 
 
 re voke 
 
 an nul 
 
 can eel 
 
 a borish 
 
 dis cuss 
 
 1QA 
 
 ar'gue 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Aristotle, being asked what a man could gain by telling a 
 falsehood, replied, '' Not to be credited when he speaks the 
 truth." 
 
 Sir Walter Raleigh said, '' Hear much and speak little ; 
 for the tongue is the instrument of the greatest good and the 
 greatest evil done in the world/' 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 191 — Geography 
 
 70 
 
 Dictation. — Paris is tlio second city in the world. It 
 has very beautiful gardenw, where one can enjoy bright 
 flowers, trees, fountains, and statuary. The povv })eople sit 
 in these gardens, knitting and sowing, wliile the children 
 play about. 
 
 The Seine * flows through the city. The oldest (;hurch in 
 Paris, Mire Dame'' (Our Lady), is on an island in the river. 
 
 192—6, short 
 
 nSv'er 
 tern per 
 per ish 
 cher isli 
 wed lock 
 
 nStli'er 
 skep tic 
 cher lib 
 her aid 
 blem ish 
 thread bare 
 
 ped dler 
 
 Copy, and mark the short sound of e, 
 
 193 
 
 fei'ou 
 
 zeal ot 
 stead y 
 peas ant 
 threat eu 
 pl6a§'ure 
 
 mgn'tal 
 jdeii ty 
 pet rel 
 jeal ous 
 weath er 
 m6a§'ure 
 
 Dictation. — "I desire that my ashes may repose upon 
 the banks of the Seine, in the midst of the French people, 
 whom I have ever loved." So said Napoleon in his will. 
 
 Under the dome of the Hotel des Invalides ' (Soldiers' 
 Home), in Paris, stands the red granite sarcophagus in which 
 his ashes repose. Around it are twelve statues of Victory 
 and sixty flags captured by him in battle. 
 
 An oral spelling of difficult words should precede dictation. 
 
 sluice thyme* whoop suite' spouse 
 
 shrift type Avreathe realm manse 
 
 scribe theme writhe myrrh nhrase 
 
 Pronunclatlon.-i ean ; " nOt'r-diSm ; sotSl'-dcz-ang'valeed ; *tlm; sswSt. 
 
80 GliAFTONS WORD AND SENTENCP: BOOK 
 
 194~€, €h, hard, like k, €at, chorus 
 
 com'pass 
 
 cul prit 
 
 cur ly 
 
 cur few 
 
 com et 
 
 com j)lete' cu'po Li 
 
 ciic'tus 
 cttui'rade 
 c/ib iu 
 ca ble 
 com pute' 
 
 clia'os 
 chrome 
 cliro mo 
 clirou ic 
 clio ral 
 cliem ist 
 
 chori? 
 cliyle 
 chyme 
 chol'er a 
 chron'i cle 
 cliar ac ter 
 
 corumii complex'iou Christian chame'leon 
 
 rate 
 
 terms 
 
 prime 
 
 digit 
 
 ze I'o 
 
 acre 
 
 cu bic 
 fac tor 
 frac tion 
 a] i quot 
 dis count 
 ex am'ple 
 
 195 — Arithmetic 
 
 in te ger 
 dec i mal 
 mul ti pie 
 in ter est 
 com pos'ite 
 nu'mer a tor 
 
 a mount 
 prin ci pal 
 di vis'i ble 
 in sur ance 
 bro'ker age 
 per cent' age 
 
 nought hun di'edtli de uom'i na t(^]- ilv oir du poi§' 
 
 W ril e the di^ni s. Oopy from an Arithmelic liio defluitions of integer, 
 fraction, deciuial, and multiple. 
 
 1 96 — Geography 
 
 Pu'get Ja mai'ea Ha van'a 
 
 Fun'dy Van cou'ver Whit'ney 
 
 Ilec'hi Ilal'i i^x O'ma ha 
 
 Que bee' Win'ni peg Ath a bas'ca 
 
 St. Johns Wy o'ming Mis sou 'ri 
 
 Ber'ing Flat'ter y Yu ca titn' 
 
 Write in a column, and opposite each tell what it 
 Model : Kcw York | city | IS^cw York. 
 
 Su pe'ri or 
 Hat'te ras 
 As sin i boi'a 
 Ches'a peake 
 Al be marie' 
 Man i to ba 
 
 is, and whert. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 81 
 
 197 — Homonyms 
 
 ba 
 
 i--^ 
 
 break, to part by force 
 
 brake, foi stopping wheels ; 5 \ ^^'"^^^^ ^^^''^^ ^^^^ > ^^ ^^^""^ 
 a fern ^ ^^'^^^' healthy 
 
 week, seven days 
 
 weak, feeble 
 
 waist, part of the body 
 
 waste, a desert ; to sqnan- 7 \ ^'^^^' P^'* ""^ ^^^^ ^''^* 
 ^gj, ( heal, to cure 
 
 piece, apart; a composition ( peal, a loud sound 
 
 r> j wait, to stay 
 ( weight, heaviness 
 
 peace, quiet 
 
 8 
 
 I peel, to strip off the skin 
 
 Put the right word in the right place. 
 
 Achilles was slain by being wounded in the (7). A (4) of 
 banana (8) should not be thrown on the pavement. The 
 (l)ing waves dashed high. — Hemans. (5), holy light. — 
 Milton. The engine whistled '* Down (l)s.^' What is your 
 (6)? I lay me down in (4) to sleep. — Willard. Physician, 
 (7) thyself. — Bible. If you are (5), you cannot be (2). 
 The deep thunder, (8) on (8), afar. — Bf/ron. There was a 
 belt about her (3). Sunday is the first day of the (2). 
 Learn to labour and to (6). — Longfelloj;. (3) not, want not. 
 — Prov, 
 
 198— a, lon(; 
 
 ft'li as 
 
 fa'cial 
 
 ef face' 
 
 fa'tal 
 
 a gen cy 
 
 pa'tron 
 
 va'cant 
 
 ba zy 
 
 ma ni fic 
 
 sta tion 
 
 en gage' 
 
 ba bel 
 
 brace let 
 
 an cient 
 
 be came 
 
 azure 
 
 fa vour ite 
 
 pa rade' 
 
 pro fane 
 
 ha tred 
 
 va por ize 
 
 dra'per y 
 
 dis place 
 
 man ger 
 
 Copy the words and mark the long sound of a. 
 6 
 
S'^ GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 
 199— cy, sy, zy 
 
 
 Jui cy 
 
 tip sy po sy 
 
 mazy 
 
 spi ay 
 
 fuss y pal'sy 
 
 diz zy 
 
 fan cy 
 
 moss y pro sy 
 
 era zy 
 
 fleecy 
 
 mass y Aim sy 
 
 breez y 
 
 mer cy- 
 
 drop sy glass y 
 
 driz zly 
 
 ; 
 
 Dictation. — The elephant's trunk serves as a nose and 
 a hand. He uses it to pick up a pin, untie a knot, open a 
 door, tear oif large branches of trees, and feed himself. 
 
 200 — Drawing 
 
 point 
 
 line 
 
 crook ed 
 
 ver'ti cal 
 
 tor i zon'tal 
 
 per pen die u lar lengtli 
 
 ob li'que'^ breadth ra'di us 
 angle di ag'o nal ra'di i 
 di ani'e ter bor der 
 tri'an gle free-band 
 pen'ta gon dis tance 
 hex a gon per S23ec'tive 
 
 a cute' 
 ob tuse 
 ob'long 
 
 201 
 
 Copy : 
 
 The sun does not shine for a few trees and flowers, but for 
 the wide world's joy. The lonely pine on the mountain- 
 top waves its sombre boughs, and cries, "Thou art my 
 sun I " And the little meadow-violet lifts its cup of blue, 
 and whispers with its perfumed breath, ''Thou art my 
 sun ! " And the grain in a thousand fields rustles in the 
 wind, and makes answer, " Thou art my sun ! "—Beecher. 
 
 cream 
 
 choose 
 
 cheese 
 
 beg gar 
 ci dor 
 fi nSsse' ^ 
 
 bead 
 blaze 
 
 ost1^ oflif. 
 
 an chor 
 cen tre 
 
 qI xxratTa 
 
 Proiiuiiclatiuii.- 1 OblCk'. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 83 
 
 J 
 
 202~Capitals 
 Bule.-k capital letter should begin every word or title denoting the Deity. 
 
 G5d 
 
 Lord 
 Christ 
 Jes us 
 Dei ty 
 
 The Son 
 The Word 
 The Lamb 
 The Fa ther 
 The Sav iour 
 
 The E ter na] 
 The In fi nlte 
 The Cre a tor 
 The Ho ly Spir it 
 The Om nip o tent 
 
 Je ho vah , The Al might y The Su preme Be ing 
 
 203 
 
 Dictation. — 
 
 The spacious firmament on high. 
 
 With all the blue ethereal sky, 
 
 And spangled heavens, a shining frame. 
 
 Their great Original proclaim. 
 
 The unwearied sun from day to day 
 
 Does his Creator's power display, 
 
 A.nd publishes to every land 
 
 The work of an Almighty \vdnd.,-^Addison, 
 
 See ing 
 squal'id 
 un couth' 
 col oured 
 o paqiie' 
 ra di ant 
 
 Touch ing 
 
 warm smooth 
 rough tep id 
 ttieek un e ven 
 
 204 — Known by 
 
 Smell ing 
 
 ran'gid 
 f ra grant 
 per fumed 
 o dor ous 
 ur o mafic 
 
 Tost ing 
 
 lus cious 
 pun gent 
 bit ter 
 in sip'id 
 de li'cious 
 
 Hear ing 
 
 clear 
 loud 
 in dis tinct' 
 
 ech o ing 
 muf fled 
 noisy 
 
34 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 205 — Geography 
 
 What to write about a river : source, direction, mouth, for what 
 noted, cities on its banks. 
 
 Dictation. — The Rhine rises in a glacier in the Alps. It 
 flows northwest, across Germany, to the North Sea. It is 
 divided into Upper, Middle, and Lower Rhine. More than 
 a million travellers visit tlie ^Fiddle Rhine every year. The 
 river winds between hills. Sometimes they are covered with 
 vineyards. The famous Rhine wines are made here. There 
 are many ruins of castles, each of which lias an interesting 
 legend. Cologne is at the lower end of the Middle Rhine. 
 
 Take the difficult words as a spelling lesson. Write an account of a 
 river, using topics. 
 
 206 
 
 height 
 
 count er 
 
 la zi ly 
 
 ach Ing 
 
 re suit 
 
 awk ward 
 
 hes i tate 
 
 sur prise 
 
 con fess 
 
 bus i ly ^ 
 
 spe ciai ^ 
 
 quan ti ty 
 
 wrig gle 
 
 aca'cia^ 
 
 mus cles 
 
 syl la ble 
 
 fir kin 
 
 gen tie man 
 
 vil lage 
 
 scold ed 
 
 anx i e ty 
 
 u su al ly 
 
 pro tect 
 
 gos sa mer 
 
 Arrange the words in columns according to number of syllables. 
 
 207 
 
 Dictation. — A monosyllable is a word of one syllable ; a 
 dissyllable, of two ; a trisyllable, of three ; a polysyllable, of 
 four or more. Pol'y means many. 
 
 Man is a monosyllable ; ma?i ly, a dissyllable ; man li er, 
 a trisyllable ; e man cipate, a polysyllable. 
 
 -Ok-'^Aw. 
 
 IfronuuciMiloM.— ^ bikiliy , - aka'sha or& ka'siiift ; a spSsh'al. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 85 
 
 208 — Homonyms 
 
 leaf, part of a tree or book ^ j base, mean ; foundation 
 lief, willingly ( bass, a part in music 
 
 great, large, noble , , , ^, . 
 
 grate, to rub ; iron frame 6 '^"^f > f ^^^h^^g ^ 
 for fire ^ ^"^^^*' ^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^-^^ 
 
 heard, did hear 
 herd, of cattle 
 lain, reclined 
 lane, a narrow road^ 
 
 7^ 
 
 right, opposite of wrong 
 rite, a form i' 
 Wright, a workman ^ 
 write, act of writing i 3 
 
 Q 
 
 Write the sentences, putting the right word in the right place, 
 
 I see the (7), and I approve it too.— Ovid It is a long 
 
 '^'^-(4) that has no turning.— P7'oi\ We all do fade as a (1).-^^ 
 Bible. Do what .you i^), come what mav. Baptism is a 
 
 religious (7).^^ie (2) fighes eat up tjie little ones.—Skakes- 
 peare. I li^<\^^£LSMJly). A ship (7>,wm^in a ship- 
 yard. Have yoir(%) (g) against him ? It is af^ thing to 
 betray a man who, has trusted ^vLj-Prou. A bright fire 
 glowed in the (2). The bwjngYs)* winds slowly o'er the 
 lea. — Gray. I never dare to (Tj an funny as I can. — Holmes. 
 The book has (4) on my table several days, ^ 
 
 i 
 
 209 
 
 — 0, long 
 
 ■ 
 
 pro pose' 
 
 so'cial 
 
 fo'li age 
 
 com mo'tion ^| 
 
 post pone 
 
 tro'che ^ 
 
 di ous 
 
 en no ble ^U 
 
 en close 
 
 ro dent 
 
 CO pi ous 
 
 pre CO cious3 H 
 
 e lope 
 
 ro tate 
 
 gUf ri ous 
 
 vo'ta ry H| 
 
 en core' * 
 
 flo ral 
 
 de co'rum 
 
 post script WM 
 
 v»^itli hold 
 
 home ly 
 
 cor ro sive 
 
 no ti fy ^^t 
 
 Pronunciation.— laakir' ; a tro'kfi ; » pr^ 
 
 ka'Bhta. rflii 
 
80 OTtAFTON^ WORD AND SKNTENCl': BOOK 
 
 210— Apostrophe (') 
 
 ( 1 To a singular noun add 'f> ; boy's 
 «ule.—7L'o denote possession -< 2 To a plural noun ending in » add ('); 
 
 Sing. 
 
 girl 
 lady 
 mail 
 child 
 scliol ar 
 
 POss. Sing. 
 
 girl's 
 la dy's 
 man's 
 child's 
 scliol ar's 
 
 boys'; not ending in s add 's; women's. 
 
 I'iurul. 
 
 girls 
 la dies 
 men 
 
 chil dren 
 schol ars 
 
 Foss. Plural. 
 
 girls' 
 la dies' 
 men's 
 chil dren's 
 
 sc 
 
 hoi 
 
 ai*s 
 
 L 
 
 \ V - 
 
 211 
 
 Bielatlon. — The cat's claws are long, sharp, and curved. 
 A equirrers nest is built in a tree. A bee's cell is always 
 six-sided. A deer's antlers are longer tlian an ox's horns. 
 The fiy's wings are gauzy. 
 
 Rewrite the sentences, making all the names plural. 
 
 212 
 
 ab sence 
 
 fuzz 
 
 go plier 
 
 la p6l' 
 
 at 0111 
 
 cleat 
 
 ojriz zlv 
 
 loi'ter 
 
 bar gain 
 
 clev er 
 
 haz ard 
 
 lag gai'd 
 
 but ton 
 
 e clipse 
 
 liu iiioiir 
 
 loz enge 
 
 cat kin 
 
 en cir cle 
 
 jock ey 
 
 ma chine' 
 
 glut ton 
 
 fa tigue' 
 
 ker'o sene 
 
 med'i cine 
 
 / 
 
 213 
 
 Bletallon.— The shati.nv of the earth falling upon the 
 moon gives us an eclipse of the moon. Kerosene is made 
 from petroleum. The blossom of the willow is a catkin. A 
 lozenge has four sides. 
 
 / 
 
aUAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 214— A Legend of the Rhine. 
 
 87 
 
 More than a thousand y^ars ago, Charlemagne, the great 
 ' emperor, v^'arffurird in tho3/(/ historic city of Aix-la-Cha- 
 pelle. . He loved ihSbeautiful :^iiuo more than all ihAcd 
 of \mvust dominions. It had 'pretty villages all along its 
 borders, ri6'A fields of grain in its valleys,'^rtrM vineyiirds 
 on its hill slopes, and gray old castles on its7^/y// and rocky 
 peaks. A (iermau ley end says that his spirit, at a certain 
 season of the year, revisits the Khine. At InL^eUieim, on a 
 bridge of golden moonbeams, he Qi;osse8 the rivir and waii- 
 ders up and down its banks, ledvlny a Uessiny everywliere. 
 He then returns to his tomb and sleeps until the appointed 
 season comes again. .^ 
 
 215 
 
 Rewrite tho legend, using words below in place of italicized words. 
 
 / rul er ^ an cient ' I tow er iiig /Jfor tress es 
 
 Bto ry 9 ver dant I ex ten sive /at tract ive 
 
 roams t fruit fill sep iil clire ap pa ri'tion 
 
 slum bers be stow ing ^pic tur Ssque' 
 
 clen tombed c6l*e main der ben e dic'tion 
 
 stream 
 stat ed 
 
 ^ 
 
 216 —Masculine and Feminine 
 
 he ro her o ine beau 
 
 host host ess wiz ai-d 
 
 act or ac tress sir 
 
 god god dess bach e lor 
 
 heir heir ess wid ow er 
 
 jan i tor ja^i i tress man serv nut maid serv ant 
 
 proph et pro])h et eso land lord land la dy 
 
 bell© 
 
 mad am 
 maid ^pin ster 
 wid ovf 
 
 Copy the masculine naro^^ acd writ<^ from • iii,,rv tbf 
 
 feminine 
 opy tse leoiiiiuic iiMMca and wnLe from laemory ihm 
 masculine form for each. 
 
 
 / 
 
88 
 
 GItAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 217~Opposite8 
 
 ^ ab sent 
 be stow' 
 de stroy 
 free 
 
 (lis 2)erse 
 e merge 
 
 pre§'ent 
 re ceive' 
 con struct 
 cap'tive 
 as sera ble 
 im merge' 
 
 guilt'y 
 stub born 
 in te'ri or 
 fail ure 
 de crease' 
 em'i grate 
 
 in'no cent 
 yield ing 
 ex te'ri or 
 sue cess' 
 aug raent 
 im'ini grate 
 
 218 
 
 iyciaiaon„~The Pilgrim Fathers were forced to emi- 
 grate to America. Shall the Chinese immigrate to our 
 shores ? Venus is supposed to have emerged from the sea. 
 He said, "I am immerged in a sea of trouble." 
 
 • 
 
 Give the meaniug of emigrate, immigrate, immerge, and emerge. 
 
 219 — Synonyms 
 
 ef fort en deuv our 
 
 re past' col la tion 
 
 in close' en vel'op 
 
 de cide de ter mine 
 
 re vere ven er ate 
 
 spring'y e las tic 
 
 lack ing 
 out ward 
 down 'cast 
 a tone' 
 con fuse 
 de ride 
 
 de fi'cient 
 ex ter nal 
 de ject ed 
 ex'pi ate 
 be wil'der 
 rid i cule 
 
 I 
 
 » 
 
 lyv 
 
 220 
 
 ^fet'TCTx''"''' 'i''^'''^ "' ^^'^ "^'^^^^^ I^all- French-Canadi- 
 ans revere^ie memory of J^ayal. You must not %-idTiU 
 
 unfortunate. Xoiioplion "rfe^V/V^lo march through the wil- 
 derness to the fcuu. A light heart gives a sm'i7ig^ step. 
 
 Rewrite the sentences, using synonyms for the words in italics. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCK BOOK 89 
 
 - j rap, to knock 
 ( wrap, to cover 
 
 221 — Homonyms 
 
 ( vain, UHeloKs ; proud 
 T) j vein, a blood-vessel 
 j peer, an equal ; a noblon-.an ^ ^'^"^' '*• ^veather-eock 
 (pier, su})port of i bridge ( draft, a bill of exchange 
 
 3 ( colonel, an army officer '' j '^''''''S^'^' ^'^''^'^^^ ^^ ^lii* ; 
 
 I kernel, central part of a nut iJ^"^^ 
 
 , .^ ( cellar, an underground 
 
 ] straight, direct < seller, one who sells 
 
 Copy the sentences, putting the right word in the right place. 
 
 (5) is the help of nvdn.—Bible. In song he never had his 
 {2).~Dri/de?i. Strive to enter in at the (4) gute.—Bible 
 He cut a (5) in his hand. (1) on the door. Shallow (6)s in- 
 toxicate the brain.~/V^. The (2)s were of granite. A (3) 
 commands a regiment. The (7) of wines keeps his stock in 
 a (7). A (5) was on the church-steeple. (1) up warmly for 
 the road is bleak. The (3) of the nut serves the squirre/ for 
 food. 
 
 222— i, lofiff 
 
 sa li'va 
 en vi ron 
 en ti tie 
 vi'o late 
 viy§Lry 
 piety 
 
 i'ci cle 
 pli a ble 
 di a ry 
 li a ble 
 si pbon 
 bi ped 
 
 Copy the words and mark the long sound of t. 
 
 braid ex am ine coax 
 
 beard ex cur sion skull 
 
 bloom de light ful hoarse 
 
 bleach in struc tion a piece 
 
 con fide' 
 com bine 
 re cite 
 sur mise 
 re quire 
 com i^rise 
 
 pi' rate 
 brin y 
 mi nus 
 li bel 
 li nal 
 vi per 
 
 ra zor 
 ven'ture 
 whith er 
 smoth er 
 
90 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 223— Colour 
 
 di'ab 
 scar let 
 saf fron 
 ma roon' 
 
 ail ])iirn 
 pur pie 
 cit'riiie 
 mad der 
 
 rus set 
 sor rel 
 taw ny 
 mauve 
 
 1 
 
 ver mil ion 
 lav en der 
 ma ggn'ta 
 ul tra ma line' 
 
 Dic'ftilioii. — 'I'lie colours of the rainbow are red, orange, 
 yellow, <i:rct'ii, blue, indigo, and violet. Our national colours 
 are red, white, and blue. The famous Tyrian purple was 
 obtained from a Khell-tiHli. 
 
 224 — Geography 
 
 Topics for a city : Situation ; size ; for what noted. 
 
 Divtalioii. — The greatest fairs in the world are held at 
 Nizhni Novgorod, a city on the Volga River, in the centre of 
 Kussia. Nine months of the year it is deserted, but in the 
 autumn it is thronged with traders from all parts of Asia 
 and Europe. They come with tea from China, rare and 
 costly stuifs from India, rugs from Persia, and perfumery 
 from Turkey. The visitors number hundreds of thousands. 
 
 Write an account of a city, using topics. ( 
 
 225 — Masculine and Feminine 
 
 drake 
 
 duck 
 
 czar 
 
 
 cza ri'na 
 
 liorse 
 
 mare 
 
 sul tan 
 
 
 sul ta'na 
 
 stag 
 
 liiud 
 
 earl 
 
 
 count ess 
 
 li on 
 
 li on ess 
 
 prince 
 
 
 prin cess 
 
 ti ger 
 
 ti gress 
 
 em per or 
 
 em press 
 
 ne gro 
 
 ne gress 
 
 ex ec'u 
 
 tor 
 
 ex ec'u trix 
 
 Pronunciation,—' raov. 
 
GKAFTOX'S WORD / ) SE.\ TEN E BOOK 91 
 
 226- \po8tropi ( ' ) 
 
 Rule 
 from a 
 
 .—An apostrophe ' 
 word. 
 
 ' u jdto. 
 
 iiow the omission of a 
 
 letter or letters 
 
 Till 
 
 is ii't 
 
 he's 
 
 lias iTt 
 
 Ave'll 
 
 I've 
 
 we're 
 
 he'll 
 
 tll(. 
 
 don't 
 
 I'll 
 
 can't 
 
 \\\\v 
 
 ^nd'ii c 
 
 ne'er 
 
 it's 
 
 e'er 
 
 Avho'd 
 
 does n't 
 
 slui'ii't 
 
 'tis 
 
 'twas 
 
 they're 
 
 could n't 
 
 ^vere n't 
 
 Write the contractions and tlie full word or words by the side of each. 
 
 227 
 
 Copy : 
 
 The lily is the natioiuil emblom of France ; the ro^e, of 
 England; the thistle,*of Seotlaiul ; the leek, of Wales; and 
 the 8hamrock, of Ireland. The latter is a three-leaved plant 
 of a clover bpecies, which tradition says Saint Patrick used 
 to illustrate the doctrine of the Trinity. 
 
 The Shamrock 
 
 Says Valour, '' See, .they sprincr for me. 
 
 Those leafy gems of morning.'" 
 Says Love, " No, no, for me they grow, 
 
 My fragrant path adorning." 
 But Wit perceives the triple leaves, 
 
 And cries, " 0, do not sever 
 A type that blends three godlike friends. 
 
 Love, Valour, Wit, forever.'" 
 
 — Thomas Moore. 
 
 doub le 
 har ness 
 mat ting 
 
 jew el ler 
 
 su pe ri or 
 
 sleet 
 
 to-moi' row 
 
 va ca tion 
 
 tacks 
 
 which ev er 
 
 twi light 
 
 sphere 
 
 I 
 
■i'iu 
 
 ^^, 
 
 % 
 
 
 .oS^ 
 
 h"^ <\^ 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 
 
 
 :/i 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 150 ""^ 
 
 3.2 
 
 lU 
 
 12.5 
 2.2 
 
 I _ 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 U 11.6 
 
 w.^^i 
 
 o^. 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 87i2-4503 
 
 

 % 
 
 \ 
 
 €^ 
 
 
92 
 
 GKAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 228— Invitation 
 
 Miss Anna Cabot requests the 
 pleasure of the company of Miss 
 Edith Elliot at a birthday party, 
 on Thursday next, at five o'clock. 
 16 Exeter Street^ 
 
 Monday, October first. 
 
 229 — Synonyms 
 
 a base 
 ab hor 
 a bide 
 ac quit 
 ac cede 
 a bau don 
 
 de grade 
 de test 
 so jourri 
 ab solve 
 com ply 
 for sake 
 
 ad age 
 ac cost 
 a dieu 
 a dorn 
 ad vice 
 ac quaint 
 
 max im 
 sa lute 
 good-bye 
 dec o I'ate 
 coun sel 
 in form 
 
 Alps 
 
 Rome 
 
 Seine 
 
 U'ral 
 
 Do'ver 
 
 Vol'ga 
 
 230 — Geography 
 Dan'id)e Gen'o a 
 
 Ven'ice 
 Bal'tic 
 Ber'lin 
 Mad'rid 
 
 Brus'selg 
 
 Ge ne'va 
 Sig'i ly 
 O des'sa 
 Vi en'na 
 
 Cau'ca sus 
 Gi brai'tar 
 Ve su'vi us 
 Ham'merfest 
 Ad ri at'ic 
 
 Land's End St. Pe'ters burg 
 
 Copy the words. Write opposite each what and where it is. 
 
 I 
 
ik. 
 
 ! ./ 
 
 < 
 
 / 
 
 GRAPTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 93 
 
 231 — Homonyms 
 
 "Write the sentences, using the right word. 
 
 Better alone than in (bad, bade) company. Don*t give 
 (to, two, too) much for the whistle. Every thing comes in 
 (thyme, time) to (hymn, him) who can (wait, weight). He 
 who follows (two, too, to) (hares, hairs) is sure (two, too, to) 
 catch neither. It never (reins, rains, reigns) but it (pores, 
 pours). Men speak of the (faic, fare) as things went with 
 them (there, their). Out of (site, sight, cite), out of (mind, 
 mined). Time and (tied, tide) (wait, weight) for (know, 
 no) man. Where (there's, theirs) a will there's always a 
 (weigh, way). (Faint, feint) (hart, heart) ne'er (won, one) 
 (fare, fair) lady. 
 
 232 — u, long ; u as in rule 
 
 mu'tiny 
 du ti f ul 
 pu ri f y 
 cru el ty 
 mu tu al 
 lu di croua 
 
 flu'id 
 Cupid 
 glu ten 
 tu mour 
 fu ture 
 cu ri ous 
 
 Copy the words, and mark the long sound of u. 
 
 233— Natural Wonders of the Dominion of Canada 
 
 dis pute' 
 pro cure 
 in sure 
 di lute 
 en dure 
 pre sume 
 
 se elude' 
 de lude 
 as sure 
 a buse 
 a muse 
 al lure 
 
 La chine Kap ids 
 Ni ag a ra Falls 
 Chau diere Falls* 
 Gla cier of the Sel kirks 
 Sag ue nay Riv er 
 Chalk Lake 
 
 Mont mo ren cy Falls 
 Owl's Head 
 Banff Hot Springs 
 Cape Di a mond 
 Thous and Is lands 
 Na tion al Park 
 
 Write what each is, where, and for what celebrated. 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 shO-jare. 
 
 \ 
 
94 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 234 — Acceptance 
 
 Miss Edith Elliot accepts with 
 pleasure the kind invitation of 
 Miss Anna Caljot for Thursday 
 nextj at five o'clock. 
 10 Conmion wealth Avenue, 
 
 Tuesday, October second. 
 
 235— Dictation 
 
 ^ Canada imports tea from Sliangliui, fire-crackers from 
 Canton, rattan from Singapore,, bananas from Kin^fston, 
 figs from Smyrna, and raisins from Malaga. - 
 
 236 — Synonyms 
 fright, ter ror ; mirth, gai e ty ; art fiil, cun ning ; 
 shun, a void , hun ger, ap pe tite ; ref iige, a sy liim • 
 sue cour, as sist ; fer vent, fi e ry; rai ment, ap par el; 
 af flict, dis tress ; an guish, ag o ny ; o dour, a ro'ma. 
 
 237 — Christian Names and Surnames 
 
 Dictation.— The hofs name is John Hamilton Rice. 
 Rice 18 the family name, or surname. John Hamilton is 
 the Christian name. He sometimes writes his name J. H 
 Rice. J. and H. are the initials of his Christian name.* 
 An initial should be a capital and is followed by a period 
 
 < 
 
 K 
 

 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 C 
 
 95 
 
 238— Regrets 
 
 Miss Emma Fiske regrets that 
 she cannot accept the kind invi- 
 tation of Miss Anna Cabot for 
 Thursday next. 
 62 Forest Square, 
 
 Tuesday, October second. 
 
 239 — Sjmor^^ns L. 
 
 at tain, ac quire ; at tempt, strive ; bar ter, traf fie ; 
 austere', harsh; error, blunder; prudent, 
 cautious; witness, spectator; bard, poet; 
 at ten tive, mind ful ; bashful, dif fi dent ; beguile, 
 di vert ; blame, con demn. 
 
 240— Dictation 
 
 The houses of Japan are generally built of wood, because 
 earthquakes are frequent. The Japanese have no chairs, sofas, 
 or beds. They sleep upon mats on the floor. Their chief 
 food is rice. The ruler is styled the Mikado. Japan is a 
 kingdom of islands. Yokohama is the great seaport. The 
 people are the most progressive of the Mongolian race. 
 
 241 
 
 car a mel, lem on ade, liq'uor ice, sug ar-plura, bSn'bfto, 
 hore hound, macaroon', peppermint, gum-drop, 
 taf fy, con fee tion er, but ter-acotch, so da-wa ter. 
 
9G 
 
 GRAFT(JN'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 242 — Abbreviations 
 
 Doc tor 
 Gov ern or 
 Pro f ess or 
 James 
 Rob ert 
 
 Dr. 
 
 Gov. 
 Prof. 
 Jas. 
 liobt. 
 
 Holmes and 
 
 doz en 
 gal Ion 
 street 
 av e nue 
 foot, feet 
 
 Elliot met on Pearl - 
 
 bought seven i^i^' "buttons. Four quarts make one 
 Three -— : make one yard. 
 
 Copy, and fill the blanks in the sentences with abbreviations. 
 
 doz. 
 gal. 
 
 St. 
 
 av. 
 ft. 
 
 He, 
 
 '\>-V'\-J 
 
 Skye 
 Spitz 
 puppy 
 set ter 
 col lie 
 
 poo die 
 mas tiff 
 point er 
 span iel 
 bull dog 
 
 243— Dogs 
 
 ter ri er 
 mon grel 
 shep herd 
 stag hound 
 re triev er 
 
 244 
 
 grey hound 
 St. Ber nard' 
 blood hound 
 black-and-tan 
 New 'found land 
 
 Dictation.— " The life of many a shepherd among the 
 Highlands of Scotland has been saved by his collie. The 
 shepherd, finding himself lost in snow or fog, turns to his 
 dog, and orders him to ' be off home.' He must speak in a 
 peremptory tone, almost angrily, pei'haps, else the faithful 
 animal will not leave him. He does leave him at last, how- 
 ever, with hanging head and tail. The shepherd notes the 
 direction and follows.'* 
 
 To the Teacher.— Let the pupils describe any of the dogs that they have 
 seen, and tell stories showing the intelligence, fidelity, and bravery of dogs. 
 
 / 
 
doz. 
 
 gal. 
 
 st. 
 
 av. 
 
 ft. 
 
 He, 
 
 '>i^^y\^ 
 
 1 
 and 
 
 the 
 The 
 
 his 
 
 in a 
 
 iful 
 
 ow- 
 
 the 
 
 bave 
 logs. 
 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 246 — Homonyms 
 
 97 
 
 Write (lie sentenocs, choosing tho right word. 
 
 The past is not (holy, wholly) (vane, vain, vein), if rising 
 on its (wrecks, recks) to something nobler (we, wee) attain.— 
 Lonyfi'lhKr. In the morning (sow, sew) thy-^«cccl, cede).— 
 Bihh. Tlien he said, ''Good (knight, night)," und with 
 mu filed (o'er, oar, ore), silently (road, rowed, rode) to the 
 Charlestown shore. —Lo7i(j fellow. The heaviest (dews, dues) 
 fall on clear (nights, knights). The (pale, pail) light of the 
 moon is the reflection of the (son's, sun's) light. " (There, 
 Their) graves are green; they may be (scene, seen)," the 
 little (made, maid) yq^\\q([.— Words ivorth. 
 
 246 — Pronunciation 
 
 dauDt 
 
 twelfth 
 
 coine'ly 
 
 bel'lows * 
 
 brooch * 
 
 a dtilt' 
 
 com mand' 
 
 as sume' 
 
 njfmph 
 
 de sist' 
 
 a' re a 
 
 cask'et 
 
 crea'ttire ^ 
 
 ad van(^e' 
 
 dig arm' 
 
 git'i zen 
 
 cou suiue' 
 
 diggbt' 
 
 gha gi'in' ^ 
 
 dj^c'tile 
 
 
 247- 
 
 Geography 
 
 
 Dictation.— The Congo Free State is in Central Africa. 
 It is one-third the size of the United States. It is drained 
 by the Congo Kiver, one of the largest rivers in the world. 
 The soil is fertile. Coffee and cotton grow wild. About 
 25,000,000 negroes live there. Some of them live in stone 
 houses and cultivate the ground. Ivory has been their chief 
 export. A race of dwarfs, or pygmies, is also found in the 
 Congo forests, ^hey are skilful hunters, digging pits to 
 entrap elephants and hippopotami. They use poisoned ar- 
 rows in warfare. 
 
 Pronunclatlou.-i brOch ; a krC tAr ; s ehagrin' or Bha grSn' ; « bgl'lfii. 
 
 7 
 
88 
 
 GRAFTOiVS WORD Ax\D SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 248— Superscription of a Letter 
 
 ' 
 
 Col. G. ?>. AVaiTcii, 
 16 Bioad St., 
 
 - Otta^va, 
 Out. 
 
 Draw three envelopes and address each as below, using abbreviations. 
 
 Doctor James Smith, Toronto, Oiitiirio. 
 Mister James Kussell Chaniberliii, Stunstead, Province of 
 Quebec. 
 
 Professor E. I. Badgley, ]5elloville, Ojitario. 
 
 249 — Animals 
 
 eik, lynx, mole, toad, ze'bra, cham'ois (sliiiniSva), 
 raccoon, i'bex, niar'mot, Jack'al, por'cu pine, 
 gazelle', musk'rat, liy e'na, car'i bou, o p5s'sum, 
 chim p^n'zee, guin'ea-pig, rlii n5c'e r6s, bab oon'. 
 
 250— The Camel 
 
 Dictation. — The camel is called '' the ship of the desert." 
 "Without it the great deserts could not be crossed. Its broad, 
 clumsy feet do not sink in the sand. Its eyes and nostrils 
 are protected from the sand-storms. The camel's hump is a 
 storehouse of fat, which furnishes food. The stomach is so 
 formed that it can carry enough water to last a week. 
 
 \ 
 
 'I 
 
\ 
 
 [i 
 
 y 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 251 
 
 99 
 
 blouge 
 breathe 
 el lipse 
 de spair 
 uiii pire 
 jun ior 
 a cora - 
 
 cis tern 
 clean ly 
 dah'lia 
 cm Hilde' 
 coirpon 
 com nierce 
 cour te ay 
 
 Cau ca sian 
 col an der^ 
 fa mil iar 
 des'o late 
 de po^ it 
 ti'an 'som 
 veu'ti late 
 
 steppes 
 tru ly 
 vil lain 
 cut ler y 
 ha]) pened 
 oc ciirred 
 prec'i pice 
 
 252 
 
 In the older days of Art, 
 ^ Builders wrought with greatest care 
 Each minute and unseen part ; 
 For the gods see ewerywherc.— Longfellow, 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 253 — Geography 
 
 The plants and animals of Australia are singular. Some 
 of the trees shed their bark instead of their leaves The 
 leaves are narrow and turn the edge towards the ground so 
 there is very little shade. The kangaroo is the largest ani- 
 mal. The mother carries her young in a pmich under her 
 body until they are old enough to take care of themselves 
 
 254 — Pronunciation 
 
 past'ure 
 pe'o ny 
 parse 
 se'rieg 
 8c4rge 
 
 lithe 
 nook 
 jaun'ty 
 5u'ward 
 queue ^''°> 
 
 fau'get 
 flaunt 
 gfts'ling 
 gOs'pel 
 gra' tis 
 
 greag'y 
 po'e sy 
 rSg'o lute 
 re cluse' 
 grAt'i tude 
 
 Pronunciation.-" kiiljlndgr. 
 
I 
 
 100 (JUAFTUNS WORD AND SENTKxNCK BOOK 
 
 Bra zil' 
 Chi'li 
 Pan a ma' 
 Pa rii iiii' 
 Ec ua dor' 
 
 265 — Geography 
 
 A coil cil'gua 
 Val ])a rai'so 
 Ri'o Ja nei'ro 
 Bue'iios Ay'res * 
 Ma dei'ra 
 
 Co to pax'i 
 Mil rii jo' ^ 
 Magel'laii . 
 (xiiayaquir^ 
 Car ib be'an 
 
 Write in vertical columns : nunies | what | where. 
 
 256 
 
 pub lie 
 rum mage -^ 
 skir mish 
 sol emn "*• 
 sjie cie •*- 
 8tam mer 
 
 tas sel 
 trel lia ^ 
 tua sle 
 weap on 
 wel fare * 
 syr inge 
 
 257 
 
 monk piv ot - 
 
 mur mur part ner 
 
 mys ter y pliys ic 
 
 par a ble pi ous 
 
 par eel pi ra ey 
 
 mes sage pit i f ul 
 
 Copy: 
 
 From our ancestors come our names, but fi'om our virtues, 
 our honours. Manners ofteu make fortunes. 
 
 Dare to be true ; nothing can need a lie ; 
 
 A fault ^hich needs it most grows two thereby. 
 
 — George Herbert, 
 258 
 
 take takes took 
 
 write writes wrote 
 
 see sees saw 
 
 am is was 
 
 go goes went 
 
 tak en 
 Avrit ten 
 seen 
 been 
 gone 
 
 tak ing 
 writ ing 
 see ing 
 be ing 
 going 
 
 Pronunciatlou.— > bO'nHs a'riz ; » ma ra zhO' ; » gwl ft kSl'. 
 
 •/ 
 
 1 
 
.' a 
 
 inge 
 
 (}lt.\FT()N"S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 269~Dictation 
 
 101 
 
 Goods Jirc! curried over land by porters in Afrioa, by dogs 
 in Siberia, l)y llamas in the Andes, by camels on the desert, 
 by reindeer in Lapland, ami by horses and railroads in more 
 civilized countries. 
 
 The steamer ''Empress of India," from Bombay, passed 
 through the Suez Canal, laden with myrrh, cam])iior, nut- 
 megs, cassia, shellac, ambergris, asafetida, tapestry, matting, 
 cardamoms, and pomegranates. 
 
 260— Famous Buildings 
 
 Fo'riim 
 Louvre - 
 St. Mark's 
 St. Paul's 
 St. Pe ter's 
 Krgm'liu 
 
 Vdt'i can 
 Par'tlie noii 
 Col i se'um 
 C^t'a comba 
 Sans Sou gi' 
 fiif fer Tow er 
 
 Wind sor Cas tie 
 Win ter Pal ace 
 Dog'e's Pal ace 
 Orys tal Pal ace 
 Lean iug Tow er 
 
 Arch of Tri umph 
 
 Write where em;h building is found and something about it. 
 
 261 — Kings and ftueens of England 
 
 " First William, the Norman, then William, his son ; 
 Henry, Stephen, and Henry, then Richard and John. 
 Next Henry the Third, Edwards one, two, and three ; 
 And again, after Richard, three Henrys we see. 
 Two Edwards, third Richard, if rightly I guess ; 
 Two Henrys, sixth Edward, Queen Mary, Queen Bess. 
 Then Jamie, the Scotchman, then Charles whom they slew, 
 Yet received after Cromwell another Charles too. 
 Next James called the Second ascended the throne ; 
 Then good AMlliam and Mary togetlier came on ; 
 Till Anne, Georges four, and fourth William passed, 
 God sent Queen Victoria -, may she long be the last." 
 
102 (JUAI'TOXS WORD AND .SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 262— Review 
 
 e rjis or 
 
 dic'tioii a ry 
 
 scythe 
 
 clayey 
 
 bar'y tone 
 
 mackerel 
 
 feign 
 
 tac'it 
 
 or'clit'H tra 
 
 jew'el ler y 
 
 ze])h'yr 
 
 gyp'«y 
 
 cjiin paigu' 
 
 veg'e ta bio 
 
 liq'uor 
 
 gent 'lire 
 
 ghur'i er 
 
 cas'ni mere 
 
 giz'zard 
 
 salm'oii 
 
 mouut'ain 
 
 Bar 8a pa ril'la 
 
 gey'bor 
 
 wool'len 
 
 263 
 
 al pac'a 
 
 par'lia ment 
 
 thief 
 
 dai'sy 
 
 Bal'a ry 
 
 cyl'in (ler 
 
 toi'let 
 
 doc'ile 
 
 boy'cott 
 
 ceni'e ter y 
 
 Thames 
 
 rep'tile 
 
 ox'y gen 
 
 am'e thv-'^t 
 
 ac'id 
 
 im'age 
 
 em'er y 
 
 Ra'leigh 
 
 pum'ice 
 
 cor'iiice 
 
 tur quoise' 
 
 huu'dredth 
 
 ber'yl 
 
 ci'pher 
 
 264 
 
 skep'tic 
 
 Ches'a peake 
 
 weird 
 
 can'cel 
 
 squal'id 
 
 ver'ti cal 
 
 myrrh 
 
 con cede' 
 
 squir'rel 
 
 de li'ciouB 
 
 which 
 
 pleas'ure 
 
 scholar 
 
 syl'la ble 
 
 straight 
 
 ped'dler 
 
 myr'i ad 
 
 ker'o sene 
 
 weap'on 
 
 vil'lage 
 
 wiz'ard 
 
 med'i ciue 
 
 syr'inge 
 
 griz'zly 
 
 lii 
 
 ■t I 
 
 265 
 
 1 ci cle 
 
 ver mil' ion 
 
 a dieu' 
 
 tus'sle 
 
 rum'mage 
 
 Ni ag'a ra 
 
 col'lie 
 
 cer'tain 
 
 lun'cheon 
 
 sep'a rate 
 
 twelfth 
 
 cha grin' 
 
 Bur'name 
 
 pen i ten'tia ry 
 
 be lieve' 
 
 cot'tage 
 
 car'a mel 
 
 re ceived' 
 
 the'a tre 
 
 sup pose' 
 
 Bpan'iel 
 
 ex hi bi'tion 
 
 res'er voir 
 
 de vel'op 
 
^ 
 
 PART III 
 
 Copy : 
 
 266 
 
 Muko for yonrfiolvofi noMs of f)loiisji?if, flion^htp ! None of 
 us yet k?H)\v, for none of ns liuve been tuu^rht in early youth, 
 what fairy paiaceK wo may build of beautiful thoughts,' 
 l)roof againnt all adversity ;j bright fancies, sjitisfied memo- 
 ries, noble histories, faithful sayings, treasure-liouses of 
 precious and restful thoughts, whicih care cannot disturb, 
 nor pain make gloomy, nor poverty take away from us; 
 houses built without hands for souls to live \\\.—Ruskin. 
 
 In di an 
 spear 
 wig warn 
 warn pnm 
 moc ca sin 
 
 267— History 
 
 squaw scalped wil der ness 
 
 pap poose ship wreck suf fer ing 
 
 war rior ex ploi-e set tie ment 
 
 cal u met col o ny Eng lish 
 
 (lis cov er y per nia nent Dutch 
 
 tomahawk pioneers navigator Spanish 
 
 Bal bo'a 
 Cham plain' 
 Fran'cis Drake 
 Pon'ce de Le on' 
 Wal'ter Ea'leigh 
 
 Se bas'tian Cab'ot 
 A mer'i cus Ves pu'eius 
 Chris'to pher Co lum'bus 
 Fer'di nand de So'to 
 Bar thol'o mew Gos'nold 
 
 Write in vertical columns : name | a place discovered | date of dis- 
 covery. 
 Ex. : Balboa | Pacific Ocean | 1513. 
 
n 
 
 104 (HiAKTON'S WOJtl) AND SENTRNCK BOOK 
 
 268— Prefixes 
 
 A pwfix irt a Hylliihlo or syllables joined to tlio beginning 
 of a word to chang(> itn meaning. 
 
 iiilw— wrojig, wrongly : miKuso, to nso wrongly. 
 
 111! — not ; unreal, not real. 
 
 iiiK : judge, deeds, place, call, von duct, d(ial, fit, fort une, 
 
 lead, j)ro nounee, i)rint, count. 
 111! : easy, buck le, de cid ed, loose, mar ried, a vvare, mer- 
 
 oit'ul, seasonable, skil ful, Ihiiiik I'ul. 
 
 Wrilo the words with tlio prefix. Write soiikmces, using five of the 
 words you Imve just made. 
 
 269— Dictation 
 
 The Indian inventec^ the snow-shoe and the l)irch canoe. 
 
 De Soto was buried in the Mississippi. 
 
 Ealeigh wrote on a window-pane, "Fain would I climb, 
 but that r fear to fall.'' Queen Elizabeth, seeing the line, 
 wrote below, *• If thy heart fails thee, do not climb at all.'' 
 
 Florida was named in honour of Easter, the day on which 
 Ponce de Leon landed. The Spaiush name for Easter is 
 Piii<rna Florida. 
 
 270— Arithmetic 
 
 par 
 tAre 
 in dex 
 pro ceeds 
 prof it 
 as sets 
 ledg er 
 
 re ceipt 
 par tial 
 ra ti o 
 en dorse 
 
 rad i cal 
 spe cif ic 
 pre mi um 
 con niirn'or 
 
 niort gage ^ con sign ee ' 
 pol i cy eon se quent 
 
 ex po'ueut cred it or 
 
 pro por tion 
 re cip ro cal 
 prom is so ry 
 ad va Id rem 
 ev o 111 tion 
 in \ o lu tion 
 li a bil i ties 
 
 Prouuuclatloii.— 1 mOrgaj. 
 
GJIA 
 
 '» 
 
 m 
 
 I'-roN'S WORD AND SENTENCE IJOOK 105 
 
 271— Flowers 
 
 cal'la 
 phlox 
 sy rin'ir.'i 
 ver 1)0 na 
 fucli'si a 
 mag iio'li a 
 o le an'der 
 co'le us 
 pe tu'iii a 
 wis ta'ri a 
 6x'a lis 
 
 a za'le a 
 (•ye' la lueji 
 ca iiierii a 
 he'li tiope 
 ar bu'tus 
 laik'spui- 
 he pat'i ca 
 geu'tian 
 (hiffo (111 
 coruni bine 
 uii gnon ette' 
 
 272 
 
 a nern'o ne 
 
 j)or til la'ca 
 
 a lys'sum 
 
 be go'iii a 
 
 clein'a tis 
 gla dio' lus 
 tube' rose 
 jon'(piil 
 nar cis'sus 
 Has tur'tium 
 rho do deu'dron 
 
 Flower, ill tlio cninniod wall, 
 I pluck you out of the oraniiios ;— 
 Hold you here, root, jind all, in my hand. 
 Little flower— but if I could understand 
 What you are, root and all, and all in all, 
 T should know what God and man m.— Tennyson, 
 Copy, lejtrn, and recite. , 
 
 cu ti cle 
 mil" a cle 
 ob sta cle 
 par ti cle 
 spec ta cle 
 trea'cle 
 inau a cle 
 
 2V3— cle, cal 
 
 lyi'i('al clerical 
 
 spher ic al crit ic al 
 
 sur gic al cyn ic al 
 
 trag ic al whim §i cal 
 
 op tic al pnic ti cal 
 
 clas sic al phys ic al 
 
 com ic al med ic al 
 
 hys ter'ic al 
 sym met ric al 
 i den tic al 
 gram mat ic al 
 an a lyt ic al 
 e nig mafic al 
 emblematical 
 
lOG 
 
 (JKAFTON'S WOK I) AND SKNTKNCI'] BOOK 
 
 274 -Sometimes Confused' 
 
 sciilp'ior, !i carver of stoiio. 
 
 Iljrlitoii iiijr, (,) mnko light. 
 Iig:lit'iiiiiir, oU'ctric Ihisli. 
 pa'iioiifs, sick people. 
 |)a'ti(Mi(MS ciulunuico. 
 dljoa^je', illiieisB. 
 do ^:<iaso', death. 
 
 St udy tlie spelling nud doflnil ions. Write sentences, tjsin^r t he words. 
 
 sciilpt'uro, ai'l. of carvinsjf 
 {trophosy, to foretell. 
 proph'ocj^, a i)re(lictiou. 
 pro eodo', to go before. 
 proceed', to advance. 
 
 275 
 
 1. Tliw (proplioRv, ]>rophecv) was fulfilleci. 2. Let us run 
 with (patience. i)atieiits) the ra.c(> that is set before us.— 
 ./h'Mc. '.]. (Ligliteiiiug. Ligiituiug) must always (proceed, 
 precede) thunder. 4. Kajo\ (he kingdom after "n v ((hn-ease, 
 disease). ~^V/r//r.s/;m;r. 5. Phidias was a fanu)us (sculpture, 
 sculptor) of ancient (JreC^ce. (1. The captain ordered the 
 (lightning, lightening) of the vessel. 7. The renuHiy is 
 worse than the (disease, decease).— *S7/y?^r.7>m/Y'. 8. The 
 physician cured many (patience, putients). 'J. He forth on 
 his journey did (precede,, })roceed). 10. The Greeks orna- 
 mented their temples M'ith (sculptor, sculpture). 
 
 Write the sentences, soleeting the ri^ht words. 
 
 276 — Geography 
 
 Aberdeen' Altai' Ath'ens Bai'kal 
 
 Adriat'ic Ani'ster dam At'las B^n'goi- 
 
 Ant'werp Aus'tri a Bdii kftk' 
 
 Ap'eii nines A zores' Ba'ton Rouge 
 
 Areli iln'gel Ba hd'nui Bel'gi iiiii 
 
 As tra klian' Bixh i'a Ben gkV 
 
 A c^uriias 
 Al'ba ny 
 A leu'tiau 
 Al giei's' 
 
 Write in a column, putting opposite each tvhat and where it i^ 
 
 -^. 
 
ri 
 
 ORAKTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 107 
 
 277— Grammar 
 
 noiii'i liji five 
 ob ject'ive 
 ])()H ses'sive 
 Ji]) po si'tion 
 com'pio inent 
 nn te cod' en t 
 con ju gji'tion 
 (le clen'sion 
 com pm'i son 
 
 pas sive 
 
 in (lic'.'i tivo 
 ])()s'i five / sul) junc'tive 
 
 com pur'a, fcive po ten'tial 
 
 / 
 
 su pcr'lii tivc 
 iiux Win vy 
 pai'ti el [)1(3 
 in fin'i tive 
 trnii'si tive 
 irrco-'ii Ifip 
 
 278— Dictation 
 
 co-or'(li nate 
 snb oi'Mi nate 
 (le clai''a, tive; 
 im per'a tive 
 ex clam'a to ly 
 in terrog'a tive 
 
 AgOR jigo Wmv. \v(u-o largo j)iT!o forosfK in tlio northern 
 part of (ierniany. Anibor is tlio iiardonod gmn of a pine 
 two.. After a storm groat quantities are found in the sea- 
 weed that lias been washed on the southern shore of the 
 Baltic Sea. Insecits and i)ieees of the cones are sometimes 
 found in the amber. It is used for makiiig beads, necklaces, 
 earrings, mouthpieces of i)ipt>s, and is burned for perfume. 
 
 279— History 
 
 pillory delusion Puritan 
 
 mas sa ere per se cute cav a lier' 
 de fi ance em i grant a trog'i ty 
 - pal i sade' treacli er y an thor i ty 
 am bus cade pes ti lence - pros 2)er i ty 
 witch craft dif fer ent tol er a'tion 
 
 cliar ter 
 ex tent' 
 treat y 
 Qualv er 
 am bush 
 fmn'tier 
 
 Al fred the Great 
 
 Jac(|ues Car tier 
 
 John Mac Don aid Pon ti ac 
 
 Al ex an der Mac ken zie 
 Gen er al Brock 
 
10b GHAFTONS WORD AND SENTKN('E BOOK 
 
 280— Prefixes* 
 
 «ll« — not ; (iiwillow, not allow. 
 re — ngjiin : reset, set ugai.i. 
 
 dis : believe, ngree, credit, trust, content, courteous, regard, 
 loyal, oblige, approve. 
 
 re : appear, create, gain, ascend, insure, join, assure, open, 
 deem, build, capture. 
 
 Write the words with prefix added. Divide tliesc words into sylla- 
 bles. Mark the vowel sound in the aeeeuted syllable. Give the nieuu- 
 iiigs of the derivative words. 
 
 281— Mollusks 
 
 n i 
 
 il 
 
 mus'sel * 
 whelk 
 squid 
 qna'haiig ' 
 bar'na cle 
 scal'lop 
 
 cow ly 
 lim'pet 
 cut'tle 
 iiau'ti Ills 
 inftl'lusk 
 per'i wink le 
 
 whorl 
 
 spii'e 
 
 a'pex 
 
 sut'ure 
 
 feel'ers 
 
 ap'er ture 
 
 ven'tral 
 dor' sal 
 or'i iice 
 si'phon 
 biVd,lve 
 ten'ta cles 
 
 Learn of the little nautilus to sail, 
 
 Spread the thin oar, and catch the driving gale. 
 
 — Pope. 
 282— Dictation 
 
 " We meet," said Penn, '' on the broad pathway of good 
 faith and good will. No advantage shall be taken on either 
 side, but all shall be openness and love. The friendship be- 
 tween you and me I will not compare to a chain ; for that 
 the rains might rust or the falling tree might break. We 
 are the same as if one man's body were to be divided into 
 two parts ; we are all one flesh and blood." 
 
 • See list of preflxea iu Part IV. PruiiuuclaKiou.-i rnQs's'l ; a kwft'hOg. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 109 
 
 leg a cy 
 in fan cy 
 de cen cy 
 se ere cy 
 re gen cy 
 flu en cy 
 va can cy 
 
 283— cy, sy 
 
 ur gen cy in'ti ma cy 
 
 cur ren cy ex i gen cy 
 
 con Stan cy eel i ba cy 
 
 fal la cy con spir'a cy 
 
 clem en cy ac'cu ra cy 
 
 bi'ill ian cy e mer'gen cy 
 
 buoy an cy eom'pe ten cy 
 
 lier e sy 
 ec sta sy 
 em bas sy 
 jeal ous y 
 min strel sy 
 lep ro sy 
 hy poc'ri sy 
 
 ( 
 
 affect : The snn 
 effect : Every 
 
 284— Often Confused 
 
 -8 the earth witli cold and heat. 
 
 has its cause. 
 
 in gen'ious : James Watt Avas an boy. 
 
 ingen'u ous : Deceitful is the opposite of . 
 
 ve rac i ty : A man of is always believed. 
 
 vo rac i ty : The of tlie shark is well known. 
 
 lin i meut : is a kind of ointment. 
 
 liu e a ment : Six wings he wore to shade 
 His s divine. — Milton. 
 
 285 — Geography 
 
 Ber irfiiMas Bfts'po rus Cal la'o Cin cin na'ti 
 
 Beiiie B5th' ni a Ca r^c' cas Col o ra' do 
 
 Bogota' Brook'lyn C^s'pi aii Co pen ha'gen 
 Bom bay' Ca'diz Cay enne' ^ Cor' si ca 
 
 Bor deaux' ^ Cai'ro Ce vennes' ^ Cri me'a 
 
 Bor'neo Calcut'^a Cliarles'ton Detroit' 
 
 Copy words. Write opposite each lohat and where it is. 
 
 Pronunciation.—' bOr do' ; a k& ygu' or kl 6n' ; « sit vgnn'. 
 
110 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCP] BOOK 
 
 286— Diseases 
 
 gout 
 
 croup 
 
 a'gue 
 
 mum[ s 
 
 fe'ver 
 
 grippe 
 
 can'cer 
 
 col'ic 
 
 ca tai'rh' 
 
 asth'iua 
 
 mea'gleg 
 
 ulcer 
 
 ab'scess 
 
 jauu'Jice 
 quin'gy 
 scurVy 
 ty'plioid 
 scr6f' u la 
 
 writs 
 re gist 
 mobbed 
 war I'aut 
 uu ion 
 suf fi'aofe 
 of fi'cial 
 
 re doubt' lib'er ty 
 
 in flu eu'za nau'ne a ^^^^^ 
 
 cliil'blaiu pleu'ri sy 
 
 ver'ti go de lir'i urn 
 
 287— History 
 
 bul let ef fi gy 
 
 pow der al li ance 
 
 ram part as sem bly 
 
 car tridge pro bib it 
 
 pa'tri ot tax a tiou 
 
 re pealed' tyr'an ny 
 
 lui li'tia op pres sion 
 
 hem 'or rliage 
 rheu'ma tism 
 neu ral'gi a 
 pueu mo'ni a 
 dys pep'si a 
 pa ral'y sis 
 dipli the'ri a 
 liy dro plio'bi a 
 
 gov eru ment 
 
 in de pend'ent 
 d6c la ra'tion 
 ca lam'i ty 
 v6l un teer' 
 e vac'u ate 
 v&v o lu'tion 
 u ni ver'sal 
 r6p re gent' 
 
 288— Dictation 
 
 Breathes tliere tlie man, witli soul so dead, 
 Who never to himself hath said, 
 
 This is my own, my native land ! 
 Whose heart hath ne'er within him burn'd. 
 As home his footsteps he hath turn'd, 
 From wandering on a foreign strand ? 
 —Sir Walter Scofi's Lay of the Last Minstrel, 
 
 Canto VI., St. 1. 
 
v^ 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 289— Prefixes 
 
 111 
 
 f h?l»l*r?^?K 1 *i® ^'^ ^^^^'^ °^ * "^"""^ *°^ *^« ^»« ^««er of the prefix arc 
 the same, both letters are kept. 
 
 nerve 
 S2)ell 
 spend 
 step 
 en gage 
 sat is fy 
 
 con 'science 
 con'scious 
 ca pac'i ty 
 ca pa'cious 
 te nac'i ty 
 te na'cions 
 pre €09' i ty 
 pre co'cioua 
 
 un nerve 
 mis S2)ell 
 mis spend 
 mis step 
 re en gage 
 dis sat is fy 
 
 e cho 
 e lect 
 le gal 
 sev er 
 nior tal 
 sini i lar 
 
 re e clio 
 re e lect 
 il le gal 
 dis sev er 
 im mor tal 
 dis sim i lar 
 
 290— Cious 
 
 a troy'i ty 
 a tro'cions 
 mal'ige 
 ma li'cious 
 av'a rice 
 ava ri'cioua 
 ea piice' 
 ca pn 'cious 
 
 vice 
 vi 'cious 
 vi vac'i ty 
 vi va' cious 
 sa gac'i ty 
 sa ga'cious 
 ju di'cial 
 ju di' cious 
 
 291— Dictation 
 
 Candles are made of tallow, wax, spermaceti,' and paraf- 
 fine.' ^ 
 
 Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin. 
 In v/eaving cloth, the woof crosses the warp. 
 The fly, sitting upon the axle of a chariot wheel, said 
 " What a dust do I raise ! " ' 
 
 Aristotle '^ and Plato were the most distinguished philoso- 
 phers of antiquity/ 
 
 Fronuiiclaaoii.-»8perma86'ti; ^pSi'Mfln; »ar'i8tot-l; » an tik'wl tj. 
 
113 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCR HOOK 
 
 I j ac cept/, to tako 
 
 ( ex cc'pt', to lojivo out 
 ., i iul vice', counsel 
 
 /v A 
 
 ( H(l vise', to give (!ouii8cl 
 ut tend'uiice, act of wait- 
 
 292 — Sometimfis Confused 
 
 ^ j I'or'mer ly, time i)aHf; 
 ( formal Iv, in a formal w 
 
 3 
 
 mg on 
 
 ay 
 
 sta'tionary, fixed 
 '» -j Kta'tion er y, i)ai)cr, peu8, 
 etc. 
 
 at tend'ants, those who ^. ( pop'Q lous, full of people 
 
 attend. 
 
 ( pop'fi laye, the people 
 
 Make oral sentences, using llie words above. 
 
 i 
 
 293 
 
 China is a (0) cQiintry. \\'ilj you (1) my (2) ? King 
 Arthur had brave (.^). Tlie (oj swarmed in the streets. 
 ' (4) buffaloes roamed over the Great Plains. A '(5) engine 
 drew the car tq the top of the hill./ The (3) was large at 
 every lecture (1) the first. I shall no more ^f2) thee. A 
 stationer sells (5)?^ The meeting was '(4) opened by the 
 president. 
 
 Write the sentences, using the right word from the list above. 
 
 294 — Medicines 
 
 al um 
 tan'gy 
 pot ash 
 sen na 
 
 pep sm 
 ip'e €a*; 
 i'o dine 
 cal'o mel 
 ac'o nite 
 
 poul tice quas'si a ' 
 
 ton ic 
 
 au'ise 
 ar'ni ca 
 tinct'tire 
 s^s'sa fi'^s 
 
 qui'nine ^ 
 
 hel la (l6n'na 
 va le'ri an 
 am mo'ni a 
 dig i ta'lis 
 
 gly^'er ine ca tliar'tic 
 cas'tor-oil par e gor'ic 
 mag ne'si a ^ lau'da num clilo'ro form 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 kwl'nine or kwl nine' ; "kwOsli'I a ; » mSg nS'zhl a. 
 
I 
 
 riml way 
 r, pcus, 
 
 })oopl9 
 pie 
 
 P King 
 streets. 
 ' engine 
 large at 
 hee. A 
 by the 
 
 ve. 
 
 l6n'iia 
 i an 
 •'ni a 
 i'lis 
 •'tic 
 
 ror'ic 
 
 form 
 
 zhi a. 
 
 GUAKTON'S WOUD AND SENTENCE IJOOK 
 295— Suffixes 
 
 113 
 
 A siifTlx is a syllahlp or syllahlos joined to the ondof a word to change 
 its meaning. 
 
 VEima 
 ed, difl : talker?, did talk ; cii, to make : short^w, to make 
 short ; Ing, continuing : talk%, continuing to talk. 
 
 sueered length en short en pitch ing 
 
 moist en wid en 
 
 whit en fright en 
 
 damp en straight en 
 
 mount ed 
 round ed 
 de vised 
 
 touch ing 
 sour intj 
 i ron ing 
 
 296 — ar, er, or, our. 
 
 tu bu lar 
 tab u lar 
 pop u lar 
 cir cu lar 
 cal en dar 
 sec u lar 
 mus cu lar 
 
 bear er 
 lodg er 
 cor o ner 
 mourn er 
 strag gler 
 vend er 
 in trud'er 
 
 vie tor 
 val our 
 tu tor 
 tre mor 
 trai tor 
 toi' por 
 suit or 
 
 ju ror 
 Ha vour 
 ru mour 
 or a tor 
 stu por 
 sjilen dour 
 sur vey or 
 
 297— Comma 
 
 JJuic.-NounB in apposition, with their modifying words, are separated by 
 oonunas. ^ 
 
 Dictation.— ^Esop, the author of ^Esop's Fables, was a 
 slave. 
 
 The largest city in the world is London, the capital of 
 England. 
 
 Milton, the great English poet, wrote ''Paradise Lost'' 
 after he became blind. 
 
 Daniel Webster, the great statesman, died with the words 
 " I still live," on his lips. 
 
 Greece, the most noted country of antiquity, was a little 
 larger than half the State of New York. 
 8 
 
114 GRAPTOX'S WORD AND SENTRNCR BOOK 
 
 whig 
 tar iff 
 con gress 
 pa role' 
 
 298— History 
 2)}ia'laiix re bel lion co a li tion 
 
 pa rade' 
 j)a ti'ol 
 mar tial 
 scab 'hard block ade 
 pass'port pen sion 
 
 Blav er y in deni ni ty 
 
 deni o crat fed er al ist 
 
 cliaj) lain nia iKvii'vre 
 
 nion i tor re [nib'li can 
 
 l)oni bard' in aug u rd'tion 
 
 299 
 
 Breathes there the man, with soul so dead. 
 Who never to himself hath said. 
 
 This is my own, my native land ! 
 Whose heart hath ne'er within him burned. 
 As home his footsteps he hath turned 
 
 From wandering on a foreign strand ? 
 
 — Scott. 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 
 Copy: 
 
 
 Gen er al 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Colonel * 
 
 Col. 
 
 Ma'jor 
 
 MaJ. 
 
 Cap'tain 
 
 Capt. 
 
 300 — Oflftcers in the Army 
 
 Lieu ten'ant ^ Lieut. 
 
 Ser'geant ^ 
 Cor'po ral 
 Quar ter mas'ter 
 Pay maa'ter 
 
 Sur'geon 
 
 Serg. 
 Corpl. 
 Q. M. 
 P.M. 
 
 Surg. 
 
 Which officer ranks highest ? lowest ? What are the duties of Quar- 
 termaster ? Paymaster ? Surgeon ? Who is eomniauder-in-ehief of 
 the militia of the Dominion ? Using the abbreviated title, write the 
 names of the great generals you have seen ; of those you have heard 
 about. 
 
 Pronunciation.— ikQr'nel ; a m tSn'ant ; a sar'gent. 
 
ion 
 ni ty 
 lint 
 I'vre 
 li can 
 I rd'tion 
 
 cott. 
 
 Serg. 
 Corpl. 
 Q. M. 
 P.M. 
 
 Surg. 
 
 's of Quar- 
 n-ehief of 
 , write tlie 
 ave heard 
 
 (JliAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK Hfi 
 
 301— Suffixes— Nouns 
 
 er, ono who : builder, ono who buihlH. 
 
 ne«», Htate of being : [Wncxs, Ktuto of boing ill. 
 
 sing er 
 wait er 
 start er 
 catch er 
 think er 
 
 preach er 
 la l)our er 
 lect ur er 
 ex am in er 
 
 (leaf ness soft neaa 
 
 firm nesM sweet ness 
 
 swift ness round ness 
 
 fierce ness prompt ness 
 
 com niand er hard ness wretch ed ness 
 
 Speak clearly, if you speak at all, 
 
 Carve every word before you let it Ml.^Holmea, 
 
 302— ise, ize 
 
 chas tise' 
 crit'i cise 
 cat e chise 
 ad ver tise 
 ex er cise 
 
 bap tize' 
 
 cap size 
 
 re'al ize 
 
 i dol ize 
 
 civ il ize 
 
 mer chan disc cen tral ize tan ta lize 
 en ter prise le gal ize dram a tize 
 
 a pol'o gize 
 har'mo nize 
 gal va nize 
 fer ti lize 
 col o nize 
 
 or gan ize 
 mag net ize 
 sym pa thize 
 8ol em nize 
 rec og nize 
 p^t ron ize 
 mem o rize 
 
 303— Bamboo 
 
 Dictation.— The Chinese use bamboo in over five hun 
 dred different ways, l^lie farmer builds his houses and fences 
 with It, his furniture is made from it, while the tender shoots 
 furnish a delicious food for his table. Chopsticks for eat- 
 ing, the pipe for smoking, the broom for sweeping, the mat- 
 tress to lie upon, the book to study from, the hat to Rcrpon 
 the head, the paper to write on, and the pencil to write with 
 are a few of the ways in which a Chinaman uses bamboo. 
 
I i 
 
 
 116 fJlJAl- 
 
 TONS WORD 
 
 AND SENTKN(M<1 BOOK f 
 
 
 304— Army Worda 
 
 
 8ul (licr 
 
 pla t(T<")ii' 
 
 sen try 
 
 1 
 
 sieffe 1 
 
 com pji ny 
 
 bat ta 'ioii 
 
 [)ie'k et 
 
 sutler 
 
 ' rep; i iiunit 
 
 sword ^ 
 
 iViii form 
 
 re emit' 
 
 })ri Li;ri(le' 
 
 sa'bre 
 
 viiap'sat'k 
 
 hos pi tal 
 
 (ll vis'Ioii 
 
 bay'oii ct 
 
 can teeii' 
 
 gai" ri son 
 
 corps ^ 
 
 pis tol 
 
 cp'aii let 
 
 conn' ter sign 
 
 iu'fiiiit ly 
 
 car'biiui 
 
 bag gage 
 
 eourt-mar'tial | 
 am niu nl'tion i 
 
 • cav'al ly 
 
 iiius ket 
 
 cftis'soii 
 
 ar til'le ly 
 
 ri fle 
 
 biv'oiiac ^ 
 
 for ti li ca'tion m 
 
 eu gi ueei's' 
 
 can iiou 
 
 fur'lougli 
 
 in treneh'ment 1 
 
 305 
 
 Farewell the neipjliinp: stood, and the Khrill trump, 
 The spirit-stirring drum, tlie ear-piercing life. 
 The royal banner, and all the quality, 
 Pride, pomp, and cireumstiwiee of glorious war ! 
 
 — Shakespeare. 
 
 There never was a good war or a had peace. — Franklin. 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 306 — Geography 
 
 Gal ves ton Hani buric 
 
 Gan'ge;^ ILi wai i ^ 
 
 Green meh^ Ilay'ti 
 Eu phra'tes Gui a'na Ilin dos tan' La Giiay'ra 
 Fin is tCi're' Guin'ea IIo ang'lio Leg' horn 
 Flor ence Hao-iie Hu'ron Je ru'sa lera 
 
 o 
 Copy the '»i!*v»?'vu , ^jutting opposito oaoh tvhnf nntl ivhere it is. 
 
 ProiHjaciatlon.— ikor; 2 sDrcl ; 3 Wv'wilk ; < grgn'Ij ; »liawl'5. 
 
 Dres den 
 E gypt 
 Elbe 
 
 Ju'ra 
 
 Lab ra d«3r' 
 
 La do'ga 
 
OltAFTON'S WOIU) AND SKNTIINCK HOOK II7 
 
 It' 
 
 tal 
 
 er sign 
 iiiir'tial 
 ui'tiou 
 i ca'tiou 
 ich'meut 
 
 ip. 
 
 r ! 
 
 'ankUn. 
 
 307 — Synonymi 
 
 A(ljarp))f lands ; rniifhjHoua Iiouhos ; ndjnhiiwfj fiolds. 
 
 A iHU'Bon sn/iri/s, cn/rru/s, and hrsfrr/n's from nwessity ; 
 and, in ti state of distroBS, .sttppfica/rs and itH/ihircs. 
 
 7h/i(tits (Wucoiirt^c ; vrnrisoine niarcli ; firemme journey; 
 irksanir toil. 
 
 Chver triok ; adroif ])ick-])(K'l<ot ; dej'ferouft swordsman ; 
 expert oarsman ; xkilfvl physician ; UKjcnioiis niuchanic ; 
 viventi'vo brain. 
 
 The words iu iUlica ure to be studied. 
 
 308 — Relating to Disease 
 
 e flier 
 bro'inlne 
 e lix ir 
 re^'i pe 
 e met ic 
 o'pi ate 
 au rist 
 
 oc u list 
 aii'o (lyiie 
 sed a tive 
 liar cot'ic 
 pan a ce'a 
 so lu'tioii 
 stim u laiit 
 
 hie cough 
 au ti dote 
 ep i deiii'ic 
 sj^^'cial ist 
 gas trie 
 scrof u la 
 ma la'j'i a 
 
 symp torn 
 ap o plex y 
 pilar ma cy 
 hyp'uo tism 
 a poth e ca ry 
 2)re scrip tion 
 eou va les'eeiit 
 
 309— Dictation 
 
 ra 
 
 ) ra dor' 
 
 do'ga 
 Giiay'ra 
 fhorn 
 'u'sa lera 
 
 13. 
 
 il wl'5. 
 
 Si 
 
 Yonr voiceless lips, flowers ! are living preaohors. 
 Each cnp a pulpit, every leaf a book, 
 Supplying to my fancy numerous teachers." 
 
 The trees are now in their fullest foliage and brightest 
 verdure ; the woods are gay with the clustered flowers of the 
 laurel ; the air is perfumed by the sweetbriar and the wild- 
 rose ; the meadows are enamelled with clover blossoms ; while 
 the young apple, the peach, and the })lum begin to swell, 
 
 J iireeu leaves.— 
 
 cherry to glow among 
 
 'vtn(/. 
 
118 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SKNTRNCE BOOK 
 
 310— Suffixes— Adjectives 
 
 cr, moro : weaker, moro weak. 
 
 c»l, inont : weakest, moHt weak, 
 
 l«li, like : girlisli, like a girl. 
 
 fill, full of : i)eaceful, full of peaee. 
 ■l€?««, without : hearilcHH, without heart. 
 
 Add cr, est — great, Binooth, shallow, cheap, deep, young, 
 Boft, cold, tough, ])roud, prompt. 
 
 Add ish — heatheu, yellow, elf, pagan, wai-p, churl. 
 
 Add /■/</ — pain, faith, sorrow, glee, rest, mirth. 
 
 Add less — home, worth, guilt, aim, match, peer, fear, 
 money, house, heed, use. 
 
 f : 
 
 311 — Arithmetic 
 
 in sur'er cer tif i cate nom 1 nal ly 
 
 as sess or cor po ra'tion in vest rnent 
 
 tax a ble part ner ship uu'der wri ter 
 
 guar an tee' stock hold er ap pli ca'tiou 
 
 re al es tate val u a'tion il lus tra tion 
 
 di rect or ac cu rate ex pi ra tion ex pla na tion 
 
 grace 
 poll 
 stock 
 lev ied 
 in coine 
 
 ; 
 
 Copy : 
 
 312 
 
 The friends thou hast, and their adoption tried, 
 (Irapple them to thy soul with hoops of steel ; 
 Costly thy habit as thy purse can buy, 
 Wwi not expressed in fancy ; rich, not gaudy ; 
 Neither a borrower nor a lender be ; 
 For loan oft loses both itself and friend. 
 This above all,— to thine own self be true ; 
 And it must follow, as the n.ight tlie day. 
 Thou canst not then be false to any man. 
 
 — Shakespeare, 
 
iK 
 
 sp, young. 
 
 iri 
 
 leer, fear. 
 
 nal ly 
 t ment 
 [' wri ter 
 ca'tiou 
 tra tion 
 ua tion 
 
 3d, 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 313— The Church 
 
 eld er al tar 
 
 119 
 
 tab'er na cle pas tor 
 
 tern pie priest trust ee' shrine 
 
 s^n'a g^gue arch bish'op ves'try man tran sept 
 
 ca the'dral car'di nal sex ton chan eel 
 
 chap el mis'sion a ry chor is ter pul pit 
 
 mosque ^ cftl'port eur pre c6n'tor sAc'ri l6ge 
 
 cler gy dea'con stee pie sAnct'u a ry 
 
 314 — Legend of Robin-Eedbreast 
 
 *' Bearing^ his cross, while Christ passed forth forlorn. 
 His Godlike forehead by the mock crown torn, 
 A little bird took from that crown one thorn. 
 To soothe the dear liedeemer's throbbing head , 
 That bird did what she could ; His blood, 'tis said, 
 Down dropping, dyed her tender bosom red. 
 Since then no Avanton boy disturbs her nest ; 
 Weasel nor wild cat will her young molest j 
 All sacred deem the bird of ruddy breast." 
 
 Coj)y, learn, aiid recite. 
 
 B^c'ra ment 
 serv ice 
 mat ins 
 bap tism 
 lit'a ny 
 lit'ur gy 
 ves pers 
 cSr'e mo ny 
 
 315 
 
 rit'u al 
 com mun'ion 
 ser mon 
 prdy'er 
 siir'plice 
 cru'ci fix 
 ro'ga ry 
 cen ser 
 
 m cense 
 hynm book 
 lai ty 
 dis ci'ple 
 rec to ry 
 par son age 
 pen i tence 
 right'eous ness ^ 
 
 sj)eare. 
 
 Pronunciation,— ■ mdsk ; ^rt'chfis ngs. 
 
120 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 316 — Synonyms 
 
 Ahnvdon an oiitorjirifio, (lof^crf a post, Ipavo the ooniitry, 
 formk'c evil compiUiioiis, reUnqnish a claim, qin'f Imsiiiess, 
 resifjn an otlice, renounre the world, ahdicate a throne, snr- 
 rc/tdcr a town. 
 
 A /(Ufc if 1(1 notion, fmitastic dress, visionary scheme, m- 
 pricioNs temper, whimsiml writer, rmat/iNar// good. 
 
 A //m/^c or valiant soldier, fmrlcss of danger, courageous 
 general, intrepid conduct, undaunted resolution, valorous 
 in combat. 
 
 Copy tlie words in if alicvs. Separate them into syllables. Mark the 
 vowel sounds iu the accented syllables. 
 
 
 Mi 
 ii 
 
 pit e on a 
 bouii te ous 
 Ji'que ous 
 gas e ous 
 liid e ous 
 nan seoiis ^^^"^^ 
 du te ous 
 
 317 — e ous, i ous 
 
 spu ri ous 
 de lii' i ous 
 du bi ous 
 iin'pi ous 
 ab ste'ini ous 
 coin uio di ous 
 am pliib i ous 
 
 cu ta'ne oiis 
 er I'o ne ous 
 il lus tri ous 
 spon ta ne ous 
 puuc til i ous 
 su per cil'i ous 
 mis eel la ne ous 
 
 318 — Provincial Legislation 
 
 Though many important laws have been pas.sed by the 
 Dominion Parliament, equally important measures have 
 been enacted by the Provincial Legislatures. These laws 
 deal with education, liquor traffic, railways, asylums, prisons, 
 timber limits, mining, and municipal government. 
 
 The Provinces have not the right to raise money by 
 duties levied upon imports ; but they may impose taxes 
 upon cori)orations and even individuals. 
 
 m 
 
^ 
 
 country, 
 busincKS, 
 one, .swr- 
 
 icme, ca- 
 1. 
 
 urageous 
 ralorous 
 
 Mark tlie 
 
 GRAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 121 
 
 319 
 
 " Tho Run AViiR pouring its rays n2)on tho desert, 
 
 when a luilted for and repo8e. The tents were 
 
 for shade, the were unhukui, and each tired , reclin- 
 ing ui)on tlie sand, ]m favourite of the pipe, or 
 
 to one of tliose long, dull tales, with which the of the 
 
 East arc wont to amuse each other in their through 
 
 the desert." 
 
 cam el8 lis teiied A i-a'bi an in hab i tants 
 
 en joyed car a van nie rid i an jour'ney ings 
 lux 11 ry ar ranged Mus'sul man re fresli ment 
 
 V/rite the puragmiih, ftlling the blanks with words from the list. 
 
 r>iis 
 
 MIS 
 
 ous 
 e ons 
 I ous 
 . 1 ous 
 I ne ous 
 
 '. by the 
 es have 
 ?se laws 
 prisons, 
 
 )ney by 
 56 taxes 
 
 lens 
 
 con 'cave 
 tel'e scope 
 mi'cro scope 
 bat'ter y 
 ba rom'e ter 
 tLer mom e ter 
 
 320— Physics 
 
 e lee tric'i ty 
 in'su late 
 gal van'ic 
 plio'no grapli 
 mag'net ism 
 mo men'tum 
 ve loc'i ty 
 
 321— ant, ent 
 
 grav'i ty 
 CO h 
 
 e sion 
 
 pres sure 
 suc'tion 
 pneu mafic 
 hy dro stat'ic 
 e qui lib'ii um 
 
 el'e gant 
 as sail'ant 
 dil'i gent 
 
 ig no rant cov'e nant cMir voy'ant 
 
 assistant arrogant com' bat ant 
 
 in dul gent in clem'ent be nef i cent 
 
 af fin ent de pend ent con sist ent bel lig er .ent 
 
 ascend'ant ex pe'di ent defendant impertinent 
 

 , !l!: 
 
 122 GKAPTON'S WORD AxNI) SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 322— Suffixes— Adjective and Adverbial 
 
 ly— like, maimer : womanly, like a woman ; calmly, in a 
 calm manner. 
 ou«— fnll of : mischievous, full of mischief. 
 able, Ible — can be : eatable, can be eaten. 
 
 un just 
 Ian guid 
 se cure 
 se ri ous 
 sjDite ful 
 un u su al 
 dread ful 
 
 un just ly 
 Ian guid ly 
 se cure ly 
 se ri ous ly 
 spite ful ly 
 un u su al ly 
 dread ful ly 
 
 real 
 meek 
 court 
 an nu al 
 in tent 
 foi* mer 
 f re queut 
 
 323— ous 
 
 grief 
 
 vice 
 stud y 
 la b(nir 
 in dus try 
 
 griev ous 
 joy ous 
 vi cious 
 stu di ous 
 la boi* i ous 
 in dus tri ous 
 
 pore 
 ri ot 
 glo ry 
 dan ger 
 mur der 
 ma la'ri a 
 
 re al ly 
 meek ly 
 court ly 
 an nu al ly 
 in tent ly 
 for mer ly 
 fre quent ly 
 
 porous 
 ri ot ous 
 glo ri ous 
 dan ger ous 
 mur der ous 
 ma la'ri ous 
 
 324— able, ible 
 
 pay a hie cul pa ble fal li ble au di ble 
 
 blam'a ble a vail a ble fea'si ble leg i ble 
 
 tarn a ble ex cus a ble ed i ble dis gern'i ble 
 
 teachable receiv'able liorrible permissible 
 
 ten a ble in fldm'ma ble f u si ble sus cep ti ble 
 
 ble des'pi cable forcible responsible 
 
 capa 
 
 af fa ble in im'i ta ble sen si ble 
 
 m coi' ri 
 
 gi 
 
 ble 
 
E gyp'tian 
 Moor isli 
 Ro man 
 Goth ic 
 Nor man 
 Dor ic 
 I 6n'ic 
 
 ORAPTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE ROOK 
 
 325 — Architecture 
 fa gade' 
 
 133 
 
 pin'na cle aisle 
 tow er min'a ret trtiss 
 
 spire por'ti co 
 
 col on iiade' can o py 
 
 niche 
 
 groin 
 
 bdl'co 11^ 
 bal lis trade' vo lute' 
 scroll 
 
 cor' nice 
 
 Co liu'thi an cap i tal 
 
 dor mer 
 fes t(H)n' 
 6'ri el 
 ped'i ment 
 ped es tal 
 
 Basket and Acanthus Plant. Corinthian Capitai,. 
 
 326— Legend of the Corinthian Capital 
 
 A young girl of Corinth died, and her nurse oollocted the 
 articles which she had loved, put them in a basket on her 
 grave, and laid a tile on top of it. By chance the basket 
 was placed on the roots of an acantlius plant, and this, 
 sprouting in the spring, partly covered the basket with its 
 leaves, some of which, reaching the tile, turned downward, 
 as shown in the picture. 
 
 An architect named Callimaclius,' who happened to see 
 it, was struck by its beauty, and thought it would make a 
 fine capital for a column, and by changing it a little he 
 made the Corinthian column, wliich thus got its name from 
 Corinth. — Fo^^^i^ Folks' CydopiBclia. 
 
 Read the story and re-write it in your own words. 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 kal lima kue. 
 
124 
 
 ill. 
 i.i! 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 327— Suffixes 
 
 JBu^c. -Silent e is dropped before a Buffix beginning with a vowel. 
 
 Add ing : Rtrive, oblige, come, scare, blame, edge, rescue 
 
 Add isli: thieve, rogue, etyle, white, blue, kuave, brute 
 
 Add al : remove, primo, arrive, doctrine 
 
 Add ous : grieve, virtue, uerve 
 
 Add adle : sale, value, cure, move, believe, deplore, improve 
 
 Write the derivative words. 
 
 e'qua ble 
 suit a ble 
 laud a ble 
 pit i a ble 
 a gree a ble 
 vul'nerable 
 at tain 'a ble 
 
 328— able, ible 
 
 im mov'a ble 
 ir'ri ta ble 
 de plor'a ble 
 ter ri ble 
 vis i ble 
 cred i ble 
 el i gi ble 
 
 329 
 
 plau si ble 
 in del i ble 
 i ras ci ble 
 di gest i ble 
 ir re sist i ble 
 com bus ti ble 
 con tempt i ble 
 
 I>ictalioii. — Sucli a starved bank of moss— • 
 Till, tliat May-morn, 
 Blue ran the flash across ; 
 
 Violets were born ! — Robert Browning. 
 
 330 
 
 ac crue 
 a cliiev^e' 
 a gliast 
 ba zaar' 
 ca det 
 
 a thwart' 
 vict uals ^ 
 cro chet ^ 
 bou qiiet ^ 
 bru nette' 
 
 con geal' car toon 
 
 ath'lete 
 bou'doir * 
 cal lous 
 burg lar 
 dul cet 
 druff cret daunt'less 
 
 con quer 
 al'ien 
 ^I'oes 
 anx ious 
 biig'and 
 
 *& & 
 
 Prouunclatlon.— 1 vlt'lz ; a krAsha' ; » bd&kS' ; * h6b dwOr' 
 
GRAFTON'S ' 
 
 VVOllD AND 
 
 SENTENCE 
 
 HOOK 1aJ5 
 
 
 
 331 
 
 . 
 
 
 Brood of 
 
 Flock of 
 
 Crowd of 
 
 Fleet of 
 
 Suite ' of 
 
 chick ens 
 
 sheep 
 geese 
 
 pco pie 
 
 ships 
 
 rooms 
 
 at ten dants 
 
 Class of 
 
 
 Clump of 
 
 Clus ter of 
 
 
 boys 
 
 Gang of 
 
 trees 
 
 grapes 
 
 Drove of 
 
 plants 
 
 slaves 
 thieves 
 
 shrubs 
 
 stars 
 
 cat tie 
 buf fa loes 
 
 Suit of 
 
 
 Shock of 
 
 Shoal of 
 
 
 ar mour 
 
 Team of 
 dogs 
 
 corn 
 
 fish 
 
 Herd of 
 deer 
 
 Crew of 
 
 ox en 
 
 Bevy of 
 
 Lit ter of 
 
 swine 
 
 sail ors 
 
 hors es 
 mules 
 
 dam sels 
 
 pigs 
 
 cam els 
 el e phants 
 
 Copy, and add to ea<;li list any words that can properly be used in 
 the way indicated. 
 
 332 
 
 Dictation. — Do not think of your faults ; still less of 
 others' faults ; in every person whc comes near you, look for 
 what is good and strong ; honour that ; rejoice in it ; and as 
 you can, try to imitate it ; and your faults will drop off like 
 dead leaves, when their time comes. — Buskin. 
 
 333— Difficult Dissyllables 
 
 ey'ry 
 
 la'va 
 
 ma rine' 
 
 di§ dain' 
 
 eye'let 
 
 leis'ure 
 
 mar tyr 
 
 gl5b'iile 
 
 frag ile 
 
 jour nal 
 
 napli tha 
 
 litts'tage 
 
 frag ment 
 
 Ian gnage 
 
 nui'sance 
 
 cres'cent 
 
 ghast ly 
 
 laun'dry 
 
 zouave' ^ 
 
 tor'toise * 
 
 gor geous ^ 
 
 mill ti-eat' 
 
 ^lia rade' 
 
 tort' u re 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 swet ; * gCr'jus ; ' zwiiv or zob iiv' ; * tQt'tls. 
 
I ( 
 
 I • 
 
 ; ! 
 
 12C 
 
 fJI^AFTON^S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 334— Suffixes 
 
 to'l::;- .TnT^ Tot' " '" ^°' ^'" "'"'^ ^^« " "^^^ - W- and ou., 
 
 clmnge change a hie ,nan age man age a ble 
 
 cliuige charge a ble mar riao-e 
 
 oour aire 
 
 mar riage a ble 
 cou ra'geous 
 out ra'geous 
 
 trace trace a ble 
 
 "otice noticeable outrage ...,..,,u, 
 
 service serviceable advantage ud van ta'geous 
 
 335— Geography 
 
 Leip'sic M.al'ag,'. M(.'«l,a Naples 
 
 Le vant' Mal'ta Mec'ca Nevt Zea'land 
 
 i^isbon Mai- seilles ' « MOut re al' Ni'ser 
 
 Loire' Mtttapau' M<, roo'co O neVa 
 
 Lyons Me.«j'na Mos'cow Ot'tawa 
 
 Madras' Mil'au Mu'ukh Pal'estine 
 
 Copy tl.« w„rd». Write opposite oaol, u,hal and «here it ia. 
 
 336— Pearls 
 
 ma tie of tl.e oyster. It is e„o„ covered with nacre ' or 
 mo her-o pear . The Chinese partly open the sill shp 
 ".uer a httle lead image of a god, and put the oy ter back 
 in the water. A beautiful pearl image is the resuir The 
 
 Pe2:tr ^"""^ "« "'^ -^ °* ceyiou.ri'in th: 
 
 Prouunciatlon.- 
 
 -'Iwar; 'mjirsaiz'; ^n&'kgt; * e&lQn'. 
 
 I 
 
fillAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE ROOK 
 337— Accent 
 
 137 
 
 N&tmor 
 Adjective 
 
 coii'vict 
 coil' vert 
 ab'stract 
 cou 'tract 
 ob'ject 
 con'trast 
 ex' tract 
 ex'port 
 
 Verb 
 
 con vict' 
 con vert' 
 ah stract' 
 con tract' 
 ob ject' 
 con trast' 
 ex tract' 
 ex port' 
 
 N^oun or 
 Adjective 
 
 es'cort 
 
 ])er'funie 
 
 per'fect 
 
 prfis'age 
 
 con'ilict 
 
 rec'ord 
 
 Hur'vey 
 
 trans 'port 
 
 Verb 
 
 es corf 
 per fume' 
 per feet' 
 pr(^ sage' 
 con llict' 
 re cord' 
 sur vey' 
 trans port' 
 
 Choose two words from each oolumn and use each m a written 
 sentence. 
 
 338— Dictation 
 
 The names of the days of the week are derived from old 
 Saxon deities. Sunday means the day of tlie Sun ; Monday, 
 day of the Moon ; Tuesday is the day of ^J^iisco ; Wednesday,' 
 the day of Woden, supreme god; Thursday is named after 
 Thor, the god of thunder ; Friday, Freya, goddess of love ; 
 Saturday is the day of the Norse god, Saeter. 
 
 disk • 
 vi'al 
 fo cus 
 pis ton 
 re pel' 
 si'ren 
 
 di verge' 
 ex pand 
 por'ous 
 spec trurn 
 vac'u um 
 tan'gent 
 
 339— Physics 
 
 den 'si ty 
 iner'ti a* 
 plumb-line 
 con verge' 
 vi bra'tion 
 im pul sive 
 
 at trac'tion 
 at'mos pliere 
 cen trif 'u gal 
 cen trip e tal 
 ex per i ment 
 com pres si bit 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 In Sr'shl a. 
 
128 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTKNCK MOOK 
 
 340— Suffixes 
 R»h'.- Silent e is retained before a suffix beginning with a consonant. 
 
 AMful 
 
 less 
 
 mcnt 
 
 ly 
 
 /less 
 
 lijite 
 1 
 
 sense 
 
 move 
 
 fine 
 
 pale 
 
 hane 
 
 sliame 
 
 al lure 
 
 pure 
 
 tame 
 
 l)eace 
 
 blame 
 
 a cliieve 
 
 mere 
 
 rare 
 
 (lis grace 
 
 de fence 
 
 <le base 
 
 po lite 
 
 lame 
 
 Write the derivative words. 
 
 II )■ 
 
 a bun 'dance 
 venge ance 
 ig no ranee 
 sus te nance 
 vig i lance 
 griev ance 
 ob serv auce 
 
 841 — ance, ence 
 
 tern per ance 
 ac (juaint ance 
 an noy ance 
 ve'he mence 
 el o quence 
 be nef i cence 
 mu nif i cence 
 
 342— Review of Capitals 
 
 ail di ence 
 dil i gence 
 ab sti nence 
 rev er ence 
 dif fi dence 
 in di gence 
 con ii deuce 
 
 nictatioii.-In the Bible wo read, -Thou shalt not take 
 the name of tlie Lord thy God in vain/' 
 
 I pray tlie prayer of Plato old, 
 " God make thee beautiful within/'— Whittier. 
 The Wind and the Sun had a dispute. 
 Cromwell gained, at Naseby, a most decisive victory over 
 the Royalists. 
 
 The months of July and August were named in honour of 
 Julius Caesar and Augustus Caesar. 
 
K 
 
 >nBonantt 
 
 fiess 
 
 pale 
 
 tame 
 
 rare 
 
 lame 
 
 GRAPTOXS WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 129 
 
 343 
 
 Good namo, in man and woman, dear my lord, 
 
 Ib tl'.e immediate jewel of their souls. 
 
 Who steals my purse, steals trash; 'tis something, nothing; 
 
 'Twas mine, 'tis his, and has been slave to thousands j 
 
 But he that filches from mo my good name, 
 
 Robs me of that which not enriches him, 
 
 And makes me poor indeed. — Shahexpeare, 
 
 Wrile the meaning in your own words. 
 
 
 
 
 344 — Geography 
 
 
 
 Pa ra' 
 
 
 Rlieim§ 
 
 Se bas'to pol 
 
 i ence 
 
 Pam'li CO 
 
 
 Rhone 
 
 Sb^ng bai' 
 
 gence 
 
 Pi'sa 
 
 
 Ri'ga 
 
 Si am' 
 
 i iience 
 
 Pom pe'ii ^ 
 
 I 
 
 R5t'ter ddm 
 
 Sin ga pore' 
 
 ir ence 
 
 Po po cat . 
 
 a petl' 
 
 Sa lia'ra 
 
 Smyr'na 
 
 dence 
 
 Po to' mac 
 
 
 St. He le'na 
 
 Su6z' 
 
 gence 
 
 Pyr'e uees 
 
 
 San ti a'go 
 
 Su ma'tra 
 
 i deuce 
 
 Qui to ^ 
 
 
 Sa van'nah 
 
 Sus que ban'na 
 
 
 Ba'leigli 
 
 
 Scheldt 3 
 
 Syd'ney 
 
 
 Copy the words. Write opposite each what and where it is. 
 
 not take 
 
 
 
 345— Physics 
 
 
 ; 
 t 
 
 valve 
 
 dy ' na mo ap pa ra' tus 
 
 f ric tion 
 
 dttier. \ 
 
 mo tor 
 
 en er 
 
 gy com bus'tion in'ci dence 
 
 
 Bun 'sen ^ 
 
 hy'dro gen lu'mi nous 
 
 di rec'tion 
 
 )ry over 
 
 mag net 
 
 negii 
 
 tive re frac'tion 
 
 am'pli tude 
 
 /' 
 
 firings 
 
 induc'tion chro nom'e ter re ac'tion 
 
 noiir of 1 
 
 load stone 
 
 ar'ma ture ui'tro gen 
 
 Vol ta'ic 
 
 Pronunciation.— 1 pOm pa'ye ; s-ke'tO; 'skglt; «bd&n'8gn. 
 9 
 

 130 l.ltAFTON'.s WORD ANT) SRNTKNCR BOOK 
 
 346- Suffixes 
 
 nulr.-When th« last letter of a word and the first letter of a oufflx are 
 alike, both letters are usually retaiued, 
 
 Add ness: plain, keen, givvu, mean, sullen, tliin, wanton, 
 open, dean, oven, lean, solemn, Htubhorn, forlorn. 
 
 Add ///; awful, loyal, moral, lawful, useful, dinmal, cruel, 
 wool, joyful, mutual, dutifid, heedful, bkilful. 
 
 Write the derivative words. 
 
 (( 
 
 PoliteneHB is to do and say 
 
 The kindest things in the kindest way." 
 
 347 — ie a/id ei 
 
 Mule.—i before r , except after e. 
 
 Or when sounded as m, as in neighbour and ^eig^.-^Brewer. 
 
 bier 
 
 ng grieve' 
 
 ceil 
 
 rein 
 
 tier 
 
 re lief 
 
 de ceit' 
 
 reicfii 
 
 mien 
 
 Bliield 
 
 de ceive 
 
 weigli 
 
 wield 
 
 re trieve' 
 
 con ceive 
 
 skein 
 
 lien 
 
 I'e prieve 
 
 con ceit 
 
 hei'nous 
 
 niece 
 
 min'obief 
 
 re ceipt 
 
 o bei'sance 
 
 siege 
 
 sor tie' 
 
 re ceive 
 
 in veigh' 
 
 frieze 
 
 ker 'chief 
 
 per ceive 
 
 neigli'bour 
 
 
 348— Gulf Stream 
 
 Dictation. — The Gulf Stream is a river in the ocean. 
 Its banks and its bed are cold Avater. It differs from the 
 Burrounding water in colour, temi)eraturo, saltness, direction 
 of its current, and velocity. Jt carries driftwood from the 
 "West Indies to the shores of Iceland. Because of its benign 
 iufluence the harbour of Hammerfest is never closed by ice. 
 
a oafflz are 
 
 , wanton, 
 ml, cruel. 
 
 Brewer. 
 
 gli 
 
 in 
 
 nous 
 
 ji'sance 
 
 eigli' 
 
 'h'bour 
 
 n ocean, 
 rom the 
 lirection 
 rom the 
 s benign 
 . by ice. 
 
 (JKAi 
 
 fll a ment 
 al ma iiac 
 boun da ry 
 mal a dy 
 dil'a to ry 
 lig a ment 
 pro^) a gate 
 
 ■'l«>^.S WORD AND SENTKNCK BOOK 131 
 
 349— a, e, i 
 
 lin'o al 
 rar e i'y 
 an'ge lus 
 rev'e nue 
 s6r e nade' 
 trag e dy 
 des e crate 
 
 rar i ty 
 ter ri fy 
 ver i fy 
 ret'i nue 
 cliar i ty 
 prod i gy 
 se ren'i t}" 
 
 ep i taph 
 ten e ment 
 veg e tate 
 nu tri ment 
 Hpec i men 
 miril ner y 
 sec're ta ry 
 
 350 — Queen Elizabeth 
 
 Dictation.— Qnoon Elizabeth wan fivo-and-twenty yeara 
 of ago when she rode through the streets of Lor.don, from 
 the Tower to Westminster Abbey, to bo c-'LyWued. Ifer coun- 
 tenance was strongly marked, but on the whole, ccmmunding 
 and dignified, ller hair was red, and her nose something 
 too long and sharp for a woman^s. She was cleve.', bat cun- 
 ning and deceitful.— 6'Aar/es Dickens. 
 
 
 351— Parts of the Body 
 
 
 i'ris 
 
 tli6'rax ^'^i put 
 
 ver'te bra 
 
 ten don 
 
 tis sue e soph 'a gus 
 
 an ri cle 
 
 ton sil 
 
 glot tis ven tri cle 
 
 in tes'tine 
 
 lar'^nx 
 
 tra'ehe a sal'i va ry 
 
 c^p'il la ry 
 
 an'kle 
 
 mils tache' cor'pus cle 
 
 car ti lage 
 
 scap'ti la 
 
 mem'brane ep i der'mis 
 
 tym'pa i um 
 
 Dictation. — In an absolute monarchy the ruler has entire 
 control of the lives and property of his subjects. Turkey 
 and Russia are absolute monarchies. The ruler of Turkey 
 is called a Sultan. The ruler of llussia is called a Czar, a 
 word derived from Ccesar, 
 
i 
 
 i 
 
 133 GRAFTON'S WOJil) AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 352 
 Xule.—p after a consonant becomes / before a sufl^ not beginning with i 
 
 live ly 
 pit y 
 iiier ry 
 copy 
 
 jollity 
 live li est 
 pit i less 
 mer ri iiieiit 
 cop ied 
 
 fan cy 
 holy 
 beau ty 
 read y 
 mod i iy 
 
 fan ci f ul 
 lio li ness 
 beau ti fy 
 read i ness 
 niod'i fi er 
 
 Add es and o?ts : melody, fury, victory, ceremony, envy, 
 glory, study, luxury, mystery. 
 
 Add er, esi, li/, and ';/^.s\s'; greedy, tidy, sauey, worthy, 
 lazy, busy, heavy, dainty, happy, ready. 
 Write the derivative words. 
 
 $+25 
 
 511 
 
 -^100 
 
 353 — Receipt 
 
 Quebec, P. Q., Aug. 10, 1801. 
 
 Received of William English, Four Jlmidred Twenty' 
 five ^/im Dollars, in full of all demands to date. 
 
 George Howard* 
 
 Copy receipt. 
 
 Ta'gua 
 Ta bi'ti ' 
 Thib'et^ 
 Ti'gris 
 To'ki 6 
 Tri Sste' 3 
 Trin i dad' 
 U'ru e^uav 
 
 354 — Geography 
 
 ValMai 
 We'ger 
 Win'ni peg 
 
 Proiinuc'tatlon. 
 
 « b kotsk'. 
 
 Sou dan' 
 Ya l6n'ci a 
 Port Sa id' 
 Cel'ebegs 
 Ma nil'la 
 Kani tcliat'ka 
 Td§ nia'ni a 
 O klifttsk' « 
 
 -1 ta he'tiS; a tibet orti bCt'; 3 tr* fist'; «w(ro8'tsr; esgl'gbgz; 
 
 Worces'ter ■* 
 Yano^-tse-Ki ancr' 
 YSn i se'i 
 Zan 7A bar^ 
 Zuv'der Zee 
 
.*:4ir. 
 
 ning with i 
 
 a ci f ul 
 li ness 
 au ti fy 
 1(1 i ness 
 )d'i fi er 
 
 ny, envy, 
 worthy. 
 
 1891. 
 Twenty' 
 
 ward. 
 
 'cia 
 aid' 
 
 'la 
 
 idiat'ka 
 I'ui a 
 sk' « 
 
 ; ®s61'gbfi2; 
 
 Copy: 
 $375 yioo 
 
 ORAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE ' BOOK 
 365 — Promissory Note 
 
 133 
 
 New York, June 9, 1891. 
 
 Thirty days after date, T j^romwe to pay John Bice, 
 or order, Three Hundred Seventy-Jive '^/^^ Dollars, value 
 received. 
 
 lial'ph Mctdton. 
 
 356 — Geometr 
 
 cone Ms'tum tra pe'zi uni ge o met'ric al 
 
 cou'vex pol'y gon pe rini'e ter men su ra'tion 
 vorume rect'an gle pyr'a mid liy potli'e nuse 
 sea lene' al'ti tude riglit-an gled e qui lat'e ?-al 
 rhom'bus trap'e zoid i s6s'ce leg par al lel'o gram 
 
 367 
 
 Rest is not quitting the bnsy career ; 
 
 Rest is the fitting of self to its sphere. 
 
 'Tis the brook's motion, clear without strife, 
 
 Fleeting to ocean after its life ; 
 
 'Tis loving and serving the highest and best ; 
 
 'Tis onward, unswerving, and this is true rest. 
 
 — J, S. Dioight. 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 
 358- 
 
 -Silent e 
 
 
 basque 
 
 pliys ique' 
 
 cat 'a l5gue 
 
 pro'logue 
 
 casque 
 
 gro tfesque' 
 
 s;^n'a gogue 
 
 col' league 
 
 tuque 
 
 stat u esque' 
 
 ped'a gogue 
 
 in tiigue' 
 
 u nique' 
 
 Ro man esque' 
 
 di'a logue 
 
 ha rdngue' 
 
134 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 !i 
 
 359— Suffixes 
 
 Kith-. Monosyllables and words accented on the last syllable, ending with 
 a single consonant preceded by a single vowel, double the final consonant 
 before a sutfix beginning with a vowel, w, k, and r are never doubled.) 
 
 Add er, est, en : fat, mud, red, siul, glud 
 Add ed, er, ing : plot, squat,* Htir, btab, stop, drum, wliip 
 Add ed, ing : refer, occur, regret, aduiit, peu, drop, brag, 
 stun, allot, remit, equip,* acquit* 
 
 Write the derivative words. 
 
 sorace 
 lat tice 
 pau'ci ty 
 trail scend' 
 ma<?'er ate 
 as cer taiii' 
 ac qui esce 
 
 360 — c, 8, so 
 
 re s^iiid' 
 CO iii'ci deuce 
 con de scend' 
 scin'til late 
 ef fer vesce' 
 ex cres'cence 
 pro pen's! ty 
 
 361 
 
 SQi at'ic 
 j'et'i cence 
 va^'il late 
 OS gil late 
 di ver'si ty 
 prgj'u dice 
 pro bGs'^is 
 
 Copy, learn, and recite : 
 
 The day is done, and tho darkness 
 Falls from the wings of Kight, 
 
 As a feather is wafted downward 
 From an eagle in his flight. 
 
 And the night shall be filled with music. 
 And the cares that infest the day 
 
 Shall fold their tents like the Arabs, 
 And as silently steal away. — Longfellow. 
 
 * The letters qit, equivalent to kw, are consonants. 
 
K 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 135 
 
 1 
 
 -- 
 
 
 362— Compound Words 
 
 
 ending with 
 il consonant 
 
 rosy-clieeked 
 
 timepiece 
 
 elsewhere 
 
 doubled.) 
 
 hairbreadth 
 
 tongue-tied 
 
 numskull 
 
 ; 
 
 forty-uine 
 
 thoroughbred 
 
 midday 
 
 •iim, wliip 
 
 bird's-eye 
 
 two-wheeled 
 
 forelock 
 
 rop, brag, 
 
 to-morrow 
 
 forefather 
 
 hartshorn 
 
 : 
 
 heart's-ease 
 
 wherefore 
 
 waistcoat 
 
 ; 
 
 carviiig-kuife 
 
 nowadays 
 363 
 
 greensward 
 
 at'ic 
 
 ae'on ad here' ab lu'tion 
 
 a€ ^el'er ate 
 
 'i cence 
 
 ihe'me a do 'be ab ra §ion 
 
 a dul ter ate 
 
 ^'il late 
 
 a byss' ad verse' ad'e qiiate 
 
 ac com pa ny 
 
 gil late 
 
 arbiim act'u 
 
 al ad vo cate 
 
 ac knowl'edge 
 
 v^er'si ty > 
 
 a fraid' ae 6'] 
 
 i an al le go ry 
 
 ag'ri cult ure 
 
 y'u dice 
 
 ad'veut a bil' 
 
 i ty ac com'plige 
 
 a bom'i na ble 
 
 > bfts'gis 
 
 ab surd' ac'ro 
 
 bat ab hor rence 
 
 ar €hi pel'a go 
 
 IV. 
 
 Copy: 
 
 364 — Application for a Position 
 
 Montreal, Sept. 1, 18f)n 
 
 Messrs. White, Smith (& Co. 
 
 Gentlemen : 
 
 Having seen m the ^^ Herald ^^ your advertisement 
 for a clerk, 1 desire to apply for the positio7i. 1 yradu- 
 atedfrom the High, School last June, and refer you to Mr. 
 George Young, my former teacher, as to my character and 
 qualijications. 
 
 Uespectfully yours, 
 
 Henry Goulding. 
 
1 1 
 
 if 
 
 h 
 
 i i;^ 
 
 136 CJUAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE HOOK 
 
 365— Latin Derivatives* 
 
 The root of each word is shown by the bold-faced letters. 
 An7ms, a year; cor, cordis, the heart; centum, one hun- 
 dred. 
 
 1. an'nn al 5. core 
 
 3. an nalfl 6. cor'dial 
 
 3. an nn'i ty 7. con cord 
 
 8. discord 
 
 4. an ni ver'sa ry 
 Meaninos. -1. Yearly. 
 
 9. cen'tu ry 
 
 10. cen tu'ri on 
 
 11. cen'ti ped 
 
 12. per cent'age 
 
 }. A history of events arranged iti the 
 order of years. 3. A yearly allowance. 4. A day celebrated as it re- 
 turns each year. 5. The heart, or central part. 6. Hearty. 7. Agree- 
 ment. 8. Disagreement. 0. A hundred years. 10. The military com- 
 mander of a hundred men. 11. An insect having a great number of 
 feet. 13. A rate by the hundred. 
 
 366— Dictation 
 
 The Nile brought life to Egypt, thus everything connected 
 with the river was worshipped by the ancient Egyptians. The 
 wave scroll was a favourite ornament. Amidst the papyrus ' 
 on the river's bank grew the lotus, a blue water-lily. It re- 
 appeared as an ornament on the capital of a column, and in 
 an endless variety of design, decorating the walls of their 
 temples. The ibis came in search of food as the water sub- 
 sided. ISo it, as well as the crocodile, was held sacred. 
 
 al loy' 
 
 al'ge bra 
 
 af'ghan 
 
 al bu'men 
 
 al cove 
 
 al'pha bet 
 
 al lege' 
 
 al'ieu ate 
 
 arpine 
 
 am a teur' 
 
 al'i bi 
 
 a mal'gam 
 
 ax 1 om 
 
 am'pu tate 
 
 367 
 
 av'er age 
 ag gre gate 
 a lac'ri ty 
 al read'y 
 ^1 ter'nate 
 am bro'gia 
 a nat'o my 
 
 am bas'sa dor 
 am big u ou8 
 af fee tion ate 
 al'a b^s ter 
 af fi da'vit 
 a'er o naut 
 a man u en'sis 
 
 • 8ee derivatives from Latin roots, Part IV. Fronuuct«ttoa.-i pa pITttB. 
 
Tho 
 
 I 
 
 ORAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 137 
 
 368 — Latin Derivatives 
 
 Pes, 2>f(lisy a foot ; cvra, care ; Jinis, the end, border. 
 
 1. pod'es tal 
 
 2. pe dcs'tri an 
 
 3. ini pode' 
 
 4. quad'ru ped 
 
 5. {U)'en ra uy 
 0. cu rji'tor > 
 
 7. cu'ra bio 
 
 8. cure 
 
 9. fl'nite 
 
 10. fln'ish 
 
 11. con flue' 
 
 12. fliial 
 
 Meanings. — 1. Base of a statue or other object. 2. A foot traveller. 
 3. To hinder. 4. A four-footed animal. 5. Without mistake. 6. 
 One wiio has the care of something. 7. Capable of being cured. 8. 
 To heal. D. Bounded. 10. To bring to an end. 11. To keep withiu 
 boimds. 12. Last. 
 
 369 
 
 We know it would rain, for all tho morn, 
 
 A spirit, on slendor rojios of mist, 
 
 Was lowering its golden buckets down 
 
 Into the vajioury amethyst 
 
 Of marshes and swamps and dismal fens, — 
 
 Scooping the Jewels out of the sea 
 
 To Bi)rinkle them over the land in showers. 
 
 —T, B. Aldrich. 
 Copy, learn, and recite. 
 
 370 — per, pur 
 
 per suade' 
 
 per'fi dy 
 
 pur'ga to r}^ 
 
 purge 
 
 per form 
 
 per CO late 
 
 pur vey'or 
 
 pur' port 
 
 per'jure 
 
 per pet'u al 
 
 pur'sui vant 
 
 pur pose 
 
 per plex' 
 
 per son i f y 
 
 pur lieu 
 
 purs er 
 
 per tain 
 
 per se vere' 
 
 pur chas er 
 
 pur vey' 
 
 per spire 
 
 per'pe trate 
 
 pur blind 
 
 pur suit 
 
 per sist 
 
 per ti iient 
 
 purse proud 
 
 pur' view : 
 
 per vade 
 
 per son ate 
 
 pur su'ance 
 
 purl ing 
 
 I 
 
I 
 
 138 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 371 — Latin Derivatives 
 
 Affo, nctum, to mi, to do ; jt;e//o, pulsmn, to drive, to beat; 
 scribo, ficriptum, to urito. 
 
 1. act 'or 
 
 3. agent 
 
 3. ng'ile 
 
 4. tmnsact' 
 
 5. pro pel' 
 
 G. dis pel' 
 
 7. re piil'sivo 
 
 8. pulse 
 
 9. scribo 
 
 10. niJin'u script 
 
 11. in scribe' 
 
 VZ. post' script 
 
 Meaninos.— 1. One who acts. 3. One h..' .g power to act for 
 anot hor. ;?. Quick of motion. 4. To do, to perforin. 5. To drive for- 
 ward. 6. To drive away. 7. Driving off. 8. The beating of the heart 
 or blood-vessels. 9. One who writes. 10. A written paper or book. 
 11. To write on. 12. An addition to a letter after it is signed. 
 
 372 
 
 bail'iff beau' to ous 
 
 bal'us ter be giii'niiig 
 bail (Mu'iia be Lav'iour 
 bar'be cue bil'ious 
 ba roiicLe' ^ bill iards 
 
 bot'a iiy cal'ci um 
 bre'vi a ry cal cu late 
 brick' kilu^ cal is then'ica 
 Brit'oii cal'iim iiy 
 bun ion ca niSro pard 
 
 be at'i tude bi og'ia pby burg'la ly can'ui bal 
 
 373— Dictation 
 
 From the hour of the invention of printing, books, and 
 not kings, were to rule the world. Weapons forced in the 
 mind, keen-edged, and brighter tlian a sunbeam, were to 
 supplant the sword and battle-axe. Books ! light-houses 
 built on the sea of time.*) Books ! by wdiose sorcery the 
 Avhole iu*gcantry of the world's history moves in solemn pro- 
 cession before our eyes. From their pages great souls look 
 down in all their grandeur, undimmed by the faults and 
 follies of earthly existence, consecrated by time. — E. P. 
 Wliipjjlc. 
 
 I 
 
 Pronunclatlou.— ibar(;OBh'; abrlk'kil. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK j 
 
 
 374- 
 
 -In a Printing Office 
 
 
 Names of Type. 
 
 
 
 
 dt * mood 
 
 
 press 
 
 cards 
 
 pearl 
 
 ag'ate 
 
 
 form 
 
 post er 
 
 
 
 case 
 
 liaii(l-l)ill 
 
 non pa rgil' » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 stick 
 
 slio\\-l)il 
 
 bre viCr' ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 mal let 
 
 cir cii lar 
 
 bourgeois" 
 
 
 ink 
 
 paiii phlet 
 
 long prim er 
 
 
 pa jDer 
 
 mag a ziiie 
 
 small pl'ca 
 
 
 fo li o 
 
 book 
 
 pi'cii 
 
 
 quar to 
 
 print er 
 
 X 
 
 # 
 
 oc ta'vo 
 
 fore' man 
 
 great pr 
 
 im er 
 
 (III deQ'i mo 
 
 com pos'i t 
 
 139 
 
 In what type are tlie words in the two right-hand columns above ? 
 Give the meanings of folio, quarto, octavo, and duodecimo. 
 
 dai ly 
 morn ing 
 eVen ing 
 sem'i-week ly 
 week ly 
 bi-month ly 
 month ly 
 ex changes 
 e di tion 
 pro pri e tor 
 
 375 — Newspaper Terms 
 
 ed it or 
 jour'nal ist 
 con trib'u tor 
 re port er 
 cor re spond'ent 
 sub scrib'er 
 ad ver tis'er 
 car ri er 
 news boy 
 ex tra 
 col umn 
 
 ed i to'ri al 
 
 lead er 
 
 ar ti cle 
 
 i tem 
 
 lo cal 
 
 tel e grams 
 
 no tic es 
 
 gos sip 
 
 fi nan cial 
 
 a muse ments 
 
 mis eel la'ne ous 
 
 pub lisli er 
 
 What is the meaning of semi-weeMy, bi-monthly, edition, gosi^ip ? 
 Pronunciation.— > n5n pare!'; »br6vSr'; sbflrjoie'. 
 
140 GHAKTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE HOOK 
 
 376 — Latin Derivatives 
 Decent, ten ; specio, spedum, to bohold ; vern.'^, true. 
 
 1. Do comber 5. ex poet' 9. aver' 
 
 2. dec! iiiul 0. pn,M',H.et 10. vor'i iy 
 .'i. doc'iiiiato ;. in spoct'or n. vor'i ly 
 
 4. do 00,,'ni al 8. spoc ta'tor Vi. vo nic'i ty 
 
 Mkan.nos.-I. Formorly M,o (onth monM,. 2. Increa.i,,.. or .lo- 
 cToas.n,M,y ton^ 8. To take the tenth part of. 4. Happening every 
 ten years. 5. To look forward to. 0. A view ahead. 7. One who 
 oversees. 8. One wh. behokls. 9. To say positively. 10. To prove 
 to be true. 11. In trutli. \2. Truthfulness. ^ 
 
 377— BiU Receipted 
 
 New YoiiK, P)>h, 1, ],s<)2. 
 
 Copy : 
 
 Mil. Philip Fret^oh, 
 
 Bought of AVm. Karl c^ Co. 
 
 1891 
 Nor, 
 1892 
 Jan. 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 21 
 
 2 ?>/>Z. 7^/^Mr «i) ,^6.50 
 
 5 r/«Z. Jfohsses. ..." .32 
 12 6«. Potatoes - .75 
 
 $13 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 60 
 
 $23 
 
 60 
 
 Rec\l Payment, 
 
 Wm. Earl k Co., 
 per M. W. 
 
 S. Carsley has a large dry goods store in Montreal. Sup- 
 pose you buy goods from him as follows : 
 
 1895, September 15, 15 yds. Calico @ G^ ; 20 yds. Gino-. 
 liiim (li W ; 3 Boys' Suits @ 13.50 ; 12 yds. Cashmere® 75?- 
 10 yds. Ribbon (<? 25^ ; 5 pair Boots ^ *1.25 ; 7 Scliool Bags 
 d^' 23?* ; 5 yds. Lace (TD 37y. 
 
 Make out a bill for the goods and receipt it. 
 
OltAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 378 — Greek Derivatives 
 
 Ul 
 
 Pathna, foolinp; chronos, time; demos, the pooplo. 
 
 1. pathetic 5. chroii'ii! <). domoc'racy 
 
 3. jip'a thy (I. clmuri do 10. doiu'a gogiie 
 
 3. Kym'imtliy 7. ehroii'i dor 11. ep i deiii'io 
 
 4. tin tip'a thy 8. chro nolo gy 12. eii dem'ic 
 
 Mkaninos.— 1. AITecting tlio Unuhr focliiigs. 2. Want of feeling. 
 3. Fooling with others. 4. Feeling against. 5. Continuing for along 
 time. 0. A record of events in the order of tiine. 7. A writer of a 
 chronicle. 8. Science of measuring time by regular periods. 9. Gov- 
 ernment by the people. 10. An artful leader of the people. 11. A 
 disease affecting a great number of people. 12. A disease peculiar to 
 a certain people. 
 
 armour 
 ap planse' 
 bauk'rupt 
 a 2:>os'tle 
 CO til loii * 
 CO ro] la 
 bi'cy cle 
 
 cor'ri dor . 
 res er voir 
 ^q'ue duct ^ 
 au tbeu'tic 
 aii'ec dote 
 av a lanche 
 braud'-new 
 
 379 
 
 au'to graph 
 bar ba rous 
 an thra cite 
 ap preu'tice 
 au tip'o den 
 CO nun 'drum 
 con ta gious 
 
 a ris'to crat 
 ve log'i pede 
 a qua ri uni 
 ex Lil a rate 
 a non y mous 
 ap pro pri ate 
 as sim i late 
 
 380— Dictation 
 
 If the Norwegian boasts liis liomo of rocks, and the Sibe- 
 rian is happy in his land of perpetual snow ; if the Koman 
 thought the muddy Tiber the favoured river of heaven, and 
 the Chinese pities everybody born out of the Flowery King- 
 dom, shall not we, in this land of glorious liberty, have 
 some thought and love for our country ? — Wendell Phillips. 
 
 PronuuciaUon.— 1 kd te yon' or k6 tel yon' ; alao Bpelled co tll'lion; ^ak'wfi dfikt. 
 
< 
 
 I 
 
 142 r.RAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 381 — Buildings 
 
 school house i^ost-of iice a bat toir'* 
 
 to^vn house ar se rial op e ra-house 
 
 court liouse ar mou rj arcade' 
 
 state house the 'a tre l^en i teu'tia ry 
 
 cus toni house ho tel' jail or gaol * 
 
 Av are house hos'pige fac to ry 
 
 capitol pa virion sau i ta'ri urn 
 
 382— Municipal Government 
 
 hov el 
 cab in 
 cot tage 
 vil la 
 man sion 
 cas tie 
 pal ace 
 
 Copy : 
 
 In Ontario, each towiiHliip elects a council of five members 
 to niunuge its nmti.u The presiding officer is called a 
 Keeve Deputy-reeves are elected according to the popula- 
 tion o the township. The reeves and dep^tty-reevesTthe 
 township m a county form the County Council. Thev 
 choose one of their number to be Warden or chief executive 
 officer in the county. Elections for councillors, reeves, and 
 wardens are held annually. 
 
 In Quebec, each town, village, and municipality elects a 
 counc'l ot seven members to manage its affairs. The mem- 
 bers of a council, except in certain cities, elect from among 
 themselves a presiding officer who is called a Mayor The 
 mayors of the several local municipalities in a county form 
 the County Council, the members of which elect from their 
 number a i)residiiig official called a Warden. 
 
 'Inhere is an important difference between the working of 
 the municipal system in Ontario and that of Quebec -for 
 whereas the most of the money spent on local improvem'ents 
 m Ontario is raised by the municii.alities themselves, in 
 Quebec a great deal is left to the local legislature which gives 
 large grants for roads, bridges, and other local needs 
 
 .: i: 
 
 Froiiuuclatloii.— J a bat twJlr'; a jal. 
 
GUAPTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 143 
 
 383— Railroad 
 
 mail 
 
 tmiu 
 
 track 
 
 check 
 
 freight 
 
 de'i)ot 
 pig iial 
 tick et 
 bun die 
 jiack age 
 
 din patch' 
 sta tioii 
 ex press' 
 hrake-iiiaii 
 
 tel e graph 
 con duct or 
 l)ost al clerk 
 pe ri od ic als 
 lo CO mo tive 
 
 384— The Seven Wise Men 
 
 Copy} 
 
 Seven was regarded as a sacred or niysHn number by the 
 ancients. In tlie sixth century befori; C^hrist there were 
 seven wise men of Greece, eacli famous for a noted maxim : 
 Solon (so'lon). '' Know thyself." 
 Cleobulus (kle o l)u'lus). " Avoid extremes." 
 Chilo (kl'lo). '' Consider the end." ■ 
 Bias (bi'as). ''Most men are bad." 
 Pittacus (pit'ta kus). *' Know thy oi)portunity. " 
 Thales (tha'les). '' Suretyship is tlie forerunner of ruin." 
 Periander (pCr i sln'der). " Nothing is impossible to in- 
 dustry," 
 
 385 
 
 HuIp.-c, hard, like k, before a, o, it ; r, soft, like s, before c, I, y. 
 
 cu bit 
 carat 
 cul rass' 
 cur tail 
 cap tious 
 con dense 
 col lis ion 
 
 cash ier 
 con sul 
 con'duit 
 con ceal 
 con coct 
 col lege 
 con cise 
 
 eel lu lar 
 civ il ize 
 cyl in der 
 cer ti fy 
 cy'iio sure 
 cer ti tude 
 ce ru'le an 
 
 cym bal 
 cyn ic 
 eel tic 
 cen sor 
 cis tern 
 cit rate 
 cinct'iire 
 
N^ 
 
 144. (UtAKTONS WOUU AM) SENTKNCK BOOK 
 
 386— Authors 
 
 Walter Soott 
 William ShakoHpoaro 
 Washington Irving 
 Kohcrt Burns 
 John Milton 
 Cliark's Dickons 
 
 AV'illiain Cnlh'n Rryant 
 Nathaniel Ilawthoi'ne 
 Oliver Wendell lIolniej4 
 Henry W. ijongfellow 
 .lames Russell Lowell 
 Hans Cliriatian Andersen 
 
 Write thf. author : hin ronntry ; one vork ; pot'tr;/ or prow, 
 Ex.; Juha liunyuu ; Kiigliuid ; Pilgrim's Progress ; proso. 
 
 387 — Quotations 
 
 Woo, modost, oriniRon-tij)i)e(l il(jwor. 
 Tho greon-eyod mouBter. 
 Notliing is impoKKiblo to iiuluKtry. 
 Ho prayeth best who lovotli best. 
 To err i« Iiuman ; to forgivo, ilivino. 
 Leiini to labour and to wait. 
 
 0, wliat a taiiglod wob we woavo, 
 Wlieu first wo practise to dcooive ? 
 
 lloavon open'd wido 
 llor ovor-during gates, liarmonious sound. 
 On golden hinges moving. 
 
 Write the quotation ; the, author. Ex. : Never say " Pail." Bulwer, 
 
 38** — Characters 
 
 Juliet Ichabod Crane Tom Brown 
 
 Ivanhoe Paul Dombey Little Nell 
 
 Evangeline Mac})eth Barbai-a Frietchie 
 
 Sam Waller Rip Van AVinkle Robinson Crusoe 
 
 Write the character; the book ; poetry or prose ; the author, 
 Ex. : Jo ; Little Women ; prose ; Louisa M. Alcott. 
 
tryant 
 
 l()lllU\S 
 
 How 
 
 ^vell 
 
 lulursen 
 
 —Bulwer, 
 
 
 L- 
 
 11 
 
 - 
 
 ietchie 
 
 
 Crusoe 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 UUAFTONS WORD AND SENTENCE HOOK 
 389— Review 
 
 146 
 
 war rior 
 
 oyn ic al 
 
 fuch Hi a 
 
 phlox 
 
 SH (!llt'ni 
 
 olor ic al 
 
 a za lo a 
 
 gen tian 
 
 Hkil fill 
 
 proi)]i'o cf 
 
 ca incl lia 
 
 trea clo 
 
 pro ('eo(ln 
 
 ])ropli'(! Ky 
 
 an tc o('(l cut 
 
 pro cede 
 
 con sign ee 
 
 Ah trii khuii 
 
 par tl ci pic 
 
 ])a tienco 
 
 Mk HiH uip pi 
 
 prom iH HO ry 
 
 du clar a tive 
 
 de ceaHu 
 
 390 
 
 pal i Hade 
 cav a lier 
 nail ti luH 
 or i fice 
 ee ere cy 
 pes ti lenco 
 
 mix il ia ry 
 lino anient 
 Cin cin na ti 
 rheu ma tiHiii 
 dys pop Hi a 
 pneii mo ni a 
 
 nial [qe 
 vi cioiiH 
 ee 8ta Hy 
 jeal 0U8 y 
 (Jay enue' 
 min Hpell 
 
 391 
 
 392 
 
 reel pe 
 del' i nite 
 sac ri lege 
 right eons 
 gra cioiis 
 en gin eer 
 chal ice 
 
 m sur er 
 ep au let 
 ma no3u vre 
 ar chi tect 
 guar an tee 
 chryB a lis 
 con fis cate 
 
 fag ot 
 for feit 
 fer rule 
 for bade 
 sur plice 
 hie cough 
 ton sil 
 
 chiv al 
 
 ry 
 
 con va les cent per spire 
 
 seal lop 
 Riit ure 
 si phon 
 fron tier 
 muH cle 
 qua haug 
 
 ftau se a 
 
 dis ap pear 
 
 Sep a rate 
 
 sphinx 
 
 mi li tia 
 
 dissi 2)ato 
 
 re ceived 
 
 can cor 
 
 ver ti cal 
 
 glyc er ine 
 
 sur goon 
 
 ca tarrh 
 
 cal en dar 
 
 1)0 n fit ed 
 
 sol dier 
 
 cap size 
 
 ex er cise 
 
 nee es sa ry 
 
 bag gage 
 
 bea con 
 
 con science 
 
 re bel liou 
 
 fur lough 
 
 bod ice 
 
 10 
 
 dis cern 
 ex haust 
 crip pie 
 Guin ea 
 symp torn 
 com ment 
 con Crete 
 poul tice 
 
I ! 
 
 It 
 
 14U 
 
 GltAKTON'S WOllI) AiNI) SENTKNC^^] HOOK 
 
 
 393- 
 
 -Keview 
 
 
 loagno 
 
 hat ttM*y 
 
 ini a^ ine 
 
 Tiiohe 
 
 giii tar 
 
 Kal a bU^ 
 
 fric as sec^ 
 
 sparse 
 
 (!t)r nico 
 
 tab er naclo 
 
 lat i tilde 
 
 ('li(pie 
 
 fa cado 
 
 Hyii a goalie 
 
 mill leiii 
 
 iia dir 
 
 a(^ crue 
 
 pro con tor 
 
 <ro\' }j;eoiirt 
 
 eyc^ let 
 
 proHH uro 
 
 cere nio ny 
 
 tor toiso 
 
 ini rago 
 
 394 
 
 eov oy 
 
 pan ei ty 
 
 nm Hanco 
 
 BUOS 
 
 ba /aar 
 
 veiige anee 
 
 mar riago 
 
 route 
 
 vicit uals 
 
 griev aiu'i^ 
 
 Mec ea 
 
 Seine 
 
 bou (plot 
 
 iii tro gen 
 
 Ha leigli 
 
 ra vine 
 
 brii iietto 
 
 caj) il la ry 
 
 ha raiigiio 
 
 roil tine 
 
 drug got 
 
 Woreos tor 
 
 phy si(|iio 
 
 pat ent 
 
 395 
 
 cha rado 
 
 bill iards 
 
 al lego 
 
 whey 
 
 po rolls 
 
 am a tour 
 
 ax iom 
 
 vig our 
 
 plov or 
 
 per se vero 
 
 pur lieu 
 
 vie ar 
 
 8{!ep tre 
 
 beau to oiis 
 
 tor race 
 
 sol dor 
 
 lar ynx 
 
 prej u dice 
 
 spig ot 
 
 bil iouB 
 
 tra ebe a 
 
 ac com pi ice 
 
 Buc eeed 
 
 su mac 
 
 396 
 
 pit y 
 
 con diiit 
 
 bro vior 
 
 siege 
 
 a byss 
 
 col umn 
 
 wrin kle 
 
 ogre 
 
 sol aeo 
 
 brick kiln 
 
 tres tie 
 
 trip le 
 
 Brit on 
 
 ban dan na 
 
 ten ant 
 
 slier ilt 
 
 Brit iiiu 
 
 pam })lilet 
 
 sliud dor 
 
 pal ace 
 
 re scind 
 
 cat er pil lar 
 
 res er V(Hr 
 
 pi az za 
 
 af ghau 
 
 con go ni al 
 
 wor sliiped 
 
 qui nine 
 
 bi cy cle 
 
 chi rop o dist 
 
 clian do lie^* 
 
 fla grant 
 
 I 
 I 
 
nielie 
 wpjirso 
 ('li(juo 
 nil (lir 
 eyc^ lot 
 ini rujjfy 
 
 BUOS 
 
 roil to 
 Soil 10 
 I'll vino 
 roil tino 
 put ent 
 
 whoy 
 
 vig our 
 vie ar 
 Kol dor 
 bil iouH 
 «u niiio 
 
 BlOgO 
 
 ogro 
 trip lo 
 eher ill 
 pal aco 
 pi az za 
 qui nino 
 fla grant 
 
 
 PAIiT IT 
 
 Why Somh Woiids aum Diff'kjult 
 
 Tttk (lirtuMilty in ^polling and pronouncing EnglJKli words 
 ariHOH from tiio uko of (1) wiliMit lottorH ; {rl} tlio Hanio hittor 
 to roprosont dilforo lit Hou 11(1 H ; (M) dilVoront lottorn to ropro- 
 Bont tlu! Hjinio Hoiind. Tupils, tlioroforo, KJioiild bo (irillod 
 tiioroughly on a fow ropiHiKontativc; wordK, witii tho viow of 
 training tiio faculty and forming tlio habit of cloHoly obsorv- 
 ing thoHo po(Miliaritics whcircvor tlu^y moot with thom. TJiis 
 (^\orciso may bo condnctod in tiio following mannor. Tho 
 l)ooks being open nt tho lossoii, tho piipiln, in tho order of 
 recitation, prononiico eju^h word, rc!a(l itH Kpolling from the 
 book, and analyze it, thus : 
 
 riil^jfiu (116m), p-li-l-e-g-m ; it is a didiciilt word boeauHo 
 it has nix lottorH and only foiirsomidri; f/ in nihsnt, and tho 
 Hoiiiid of/ is re[)roKented by the e<piivalent j»A. 
 
 V<«r'y, v-o-r-y ; tho Hi)olling of this word in dini<!iilt to r<!- 
 m(>mber lu'caiiKo most words nimilar in Hoiind (for'ry, ber'ry, 
 mor'ry) have two r's ; our r in verii. 
 
 Co quMtc', e-o-q-ii-o-l-t-e ; it is a dilVuMilt word because it 
 has eight letters and only (iv(> sounds; tin; last / and ono « 
 are nilont, the first sound of h is represinitiid by tli(» e((uiva- 
 lent c, and tho last one by tlu^ ('(piivalcuit qa. 
 
 S^p'arfttc, s-e-p-a-r-a-t-(^ ; it has eight letters and only 
 sovon sounds ; e final is generally sihnit : the spelling of this 
 word is dillicult to remember l)ecans(^ the sound of d in tho 
 HO(!ond syllable is obsctuni jiiid tiiat letter ])0(;omoH confused 
 with the letter e, having an obscure b(nind in words some- 
 what similar ; two an in separate. 
 " In applying tho diacritical marks to combinations of let- 
 
-m -n- -Wi lli i i ilBllll w 
 
 i 
 
 148 GKAFTON'S WORD AND f^RNTENCE BOOK 
 
 ters representing .1 single elementary sound and including 
 the represented letter itself, it is enstomary to give that let- 
 ter the proper mark, and regard the other letters of the 
 combination as silent ; thus : b^t\ii'ty. 
 
 Equivalents Hkimikskxtin*} Elkmkntauy Sounds. 
 The sound of fi, as in ale, is represented in nine 
 
 Otlier ways: Ihul, day, they, Vill, Ste.;K, gaiigt^; gaol, 
 
 AS rou, me 
 
 1-' 
 
 Jee . 
 
 The sound of it, as in ildd, in three other Avays : 
 
 plaid, giTar'an tor, Ca'nSnn. 
 
 The sound of a, as in iirni, in five other ways: 
 Sunt, hoirt, giTard, Ser'geant, ba Zaar'. 
 
 The sound of a, as in all, in seven other ways: 
 
 "bawl, l^d, marn, fought, brmid, G^srge, ex ti'S^r'di- 
 na ry. 
 
 The sound of A, as in f4re, in five other \vays: 
 
 .a a , , a i , a 
 
 hair, pray cr, where, pear, their. 
 
 The sound of e, as in eve, in eleven otlier ways : 
 miSt, b^t, chief, de ceive', po lice', key, Cie'sar, peo'ple, 
 quay, Por'tu giiese, Phuj'bus. 
 
 The sound of t^, as in Sbb, in eleven other ways : 
 
 brsid, ssid, di sr'e sis, s'ny, lidf 'er, Is^p'ard, fnind, 
 
 bu ry, gsist, SayS, (Ett 1 pus. 
 
 The sound of i, as in ice, in nine other 
 
 tie, guide, higllt, buy, asle, 1% Jyl-, aye, by. 
 
 7-ays 
 
OKAFTOX'S WORD AND SRNTRNCE ROOK 
 
 149 
 
 The souiid of i, nw in Kll, in (deveii other ways: 
 niyth, du'tioS, biTild, bar'gain, bu'sy, prst'ty, b^n, 
 
 v Y y T 
 
 wsni'en, for'eigii, ciir'i'iEge, tor'tiTise. 
 
 The sound of 6, as in ode, in nine other ways: 
 boat, glow, poar, too, tloor, liuut ooy, Sow, hemi, yeo man. 
 
 The sound of 5, as in 5dd, in two other ways: 
 WaS, knJwl'edge. 
 
 The sound of u, as in use, in eight other ways : 
 
 dew, hm, JiTiCe, lieu tei', Jieu, View, Deau ty, lliaU tua-lliaK er. 
 
 The sound of ti, as in tis, in seven other ways : 
 szn, touch, flwd, d5cs, por'])5ise, cusli'ion, gud'gcoii. 
 
 The sound of "u, as in urn, in eight other ways : 
 her, tliirst, hiai'd, ^v6rk, scsuige, uiyr tie, in ai', guer . 
 don. 
 
 The sound of ii, as in rule, in eight other ways: 
 brooiii. Soup, do, glow, owe, ti'ue, iiuit. Ilia iiujii \re. 
 
 The diphthongs ol and oy are used to represent 
 the same sound, and o?i and ow likewise. 
 
 The sound of ^' is represented hy ph in Stephen. 
 
 Ill fares the land, to hastening ills a prey. 
 Where wealth accumulates and men decay. 
 Princes and lords may flourish, or may fade, 
 A breath can make them, as a breatii has made ; 
 But a bold peasantry, their country's prif\e, 
 When ouce destroy'd, can never be supplied. 
 
 — Ooldsmith, 
 
150 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTPINCE BOOK 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS WORDS 
 
 lli H !■ 
 
 1^ i 
 
 < 4 
 
 \U 
 
 qy'ele 
 
 groat 
 
 tit'tle 
 
 ar'id 
 
 guess 
 
 syn'od 
 
 ae'gis 
 
 gim'bals 
 
 ehek'el 
 
 big'ot 
 
 gaai'ut 
 
 sub'tne 
 
 bo hea' 
 
 gib'ber 
 
 ty'phus 
 
 bay'ou 
 
 gal'ley 
 
 tru'igm 
 
 €0 QY(}e' 
 
 gun'wale * 
 
 ter ra9e 
 
 Ca lais 
 
 hals'er 
 
 ton tine' 
 
 ca'liph 
 
 hu§ siir' 
 
 n 
 
 trea'tJse 
 
 cai'tifp 
 
 hos'tler 
 
 ttir'gid 
 
 chas'ten 
 
 i'dyl 
 
 tan'nin 
 
 con tour' 
 
 la,t'ti(;e 
 
 tro'phy 
 
 die bftrse' 
 
 lev'ee 
 
 ves'ttge 
 
 driv'el 
 
 pew'ter 
 
 vis'yid 
 
 dis'tieh 
 
 6'eliro 
 
 Xerx es 
 
 dae'tyl 
 
 or'gieg 
 
 van'quish 
 
 ex'tant 
 
 mdr'tlfse 
 
 thral' dom 
 
 drach'ma 
 
 poni'mel 
 III 
 
 whole'some 
 
 fief 
 
 pae'an 
 
 Ar'a bie 
 
 fugue 
 
 pol'len 
 
 ap ro pos' 
 
 fer'ret 
 
 pritfe'ee 
 
 a€ cou'tre 
 
 fa'kir 
 
 rhythm 
 
 as p6rse' 
 
 fe'tigh 
 
 ekit'tish 
 
 art'i §an 
 
 fal'eon 
 
 Bubt'le 
 
 as sign ee' 
 
 fis'sure 
 
 B9i'on 
 
 an'no tate 
 
 flag'on 
 
 phe'nix ' 
 
 an'nu lar ' 
 
 flip'pant 
 
 pon'iard 
 
 an'te room 
 
 fop'pish 
 
 pot'shCrd 
 
 at'tri bute 
 
 
 Prouunciation.— 1 gun 61. 
 
 2 Also phce'nix. 
 
ORAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 151 
 
 an'ti type 
 ar'mis tice 
 ac adem'in 
 am btls'sa dor 
 ad 'mi ra ble 
 a poc'ry i)ha 
 ag'gran dize 
 ar tif 'i cer 
 an i m68'i ty 
 ac com'mo date 
 
 IV 
 
 as cend'en ey 
 ad veil ti'tious 
 u er o stat'ic38 
 al i meiit'a ry 
 a poc'a Ij^^pse 
 au rif 'er ous 
 ap'o tliegm 
 an nl hi la'tion 
 as sas si na'tion 
 ac knowl'edg ment 
 
 ghar'la tan 
 chrys'o lite 
 con'fer ence 
 (jen'o taph 
 cod'i q\\ 
 de vel'op 
 (jic'a tri9e 
 (jin'na bar 
 cre'o sote 
 dec'a logue 
 
 au spi cious 
 a pos'ta sy 
 am'ber gris 
 a nath'e ma 
 al'ka line 
 bu'ri al 
 brig'a dier 
 bri taii'ni a 
 be nef i cence 
 a bridg'ment 
 
 bl^s'phe my 
 bis sex'tile 
 Byz'an tine 
 9i vil'ian 
 coll'ier y 
 con (jen'tre 
 CO me'di an 
 con'nen trate 
 com po'nent 
 com 'pro mige 
 
 eiglit'i cth 
 e qua to'ri al 
 ben e fi'ci a ry 
 bi til 'mi nous 
 bac elia na'li an 
 con tani'i nate 
 cor rob'o rate 
 con sid'er ate 
 cor po're al 
 com'})lai sange 
 
 VI 
 
 Eu ro pe'an 
 fa ce'tious 
 fas'ci nate 
 f u lie re al 
 fore clos'ure 
 fo li a'ceous 
 fal la'cious 
 flagitious 
 flag'eo let 
 fa n^t'i 9i§m 
 
 di I6m'ma 
 des'per ate 
 des'ti tute 
 eq'ui page 
 eq'ui ty 
 em bedded 
 ex hib'it 
 est'u a ry 
 dram'a tist 
 ex clieq'uer 
 
 eu'cha rist 
 eu'pho ny 
 e lyg'i um 
 em pir'ic 
 e pit'o me 
 ex'or cige 
 f e r69 i ty 
 em py re 'an 
 e ph6m'e rai 
 ex tem'po re 
 
152 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 
 l^i ^ 
 
 VII 
 
 
 
 ■ ^ 1 cruR ta'ceous 
 
 de Itn'e ate 
 
 hos'pi ta ble 
 
 
 1 i i cuK ras sier' 
 
 e$ ftg'ger ate 
 
 hy pCr'bo le 
 
 
 I cr^s'tal lino 
 
 I I ca lum'ni ous 
 
 e las tt9'i ty 
 
 ge lat'i nous 
 
 
 e lii'9i date 
 
 ir rdf u ta ble 
 
 
 1 clian'^el lor 
 
 e lab'o rate 
 
 in dfg e nous 
 
 
 ; con cur'rencG 
 
 e vdp'o rate 
 
 in nu en'do 
 
 
 com m6d'i ty 
 
 e c6n'o my 
 
 in stal'^raent 
 
 
 j 9Tr cunfi stan'tial 
 
 em bar'rass 
 
 in ad vr'rt'en9e 
 
 
 con se qu6n'tial 
 
 6r y stp'e las 
 
 id i syn'cra sy 
 
 
 1 1 con 8ci Sn'tious 
 
 et y n\6\'o gy 
 
 in can d68'9ence 
 
 
 
 VIII 
 
 
 
 con san guin'i ty 
 
 dishabille' 
 
 ir re triev'a ble 
 
 
 1' confM'eracy 
 
 dis'so nant 
 
 her bu'ceous 
 
 
 1 com'mis sa ry 
 
 dl mCn'sion 
 
 in M'li ble 
 
 
 1 ' con tem'po ra ry 
 
 de 9(5p'tion 
 
 im mfin'si ty 
 
 
 I con sdl'a to ry 
 
 ex hor ta'tion 
 
 in 6c'u late 
 
 
 , h ere ta'ceous 
 
 en ttin'el ling 
 
 in ter mts'eion 
 
 
 j j i con de B9(5n'sion 
 1 i da guSrre'o type 
 
 c qua nim'i ty 
 
 in flam'ma tory 
 
 
 ep i cu re'an 
 
 in stan tu'ne ous 
 
 
 ■ 1 jj Des Moines 
 
 i'6r men ta'tion 
 
 in tt'l'li gi ble 
 
 
 f 1 dys'en ter y 
 
 e qui nSg'tial 
 
 in de fiit'i ga ble 
 
 
 i 
 
 5 
 
 IX 
 
 
 
 ■ : 
 
 ' i ^ dis p(5n'ea ry 
 
 e$ ha lu'tion 
 
 lifer a ture 
 
 
 I dim i nii'tion 
 
 fdr i na'ceous 
 
 lach'ry mal 
 
 
 t con nois seur' 
 
 em 'is sa ry 
 
 lab'y rinth 
 
 
 : des'ue tude 
 
 ge 6m e tri'cian 
 
 le gu'nii nous 
 
 
 li ex pe dl'tion 
 
 gram ma'ri an 
 
 liq'ui date 
 
 
 M ej haust'i ble 
 
 ho me 6p'a thy 
 
 lt5g'end a ry 
 
 
 1 i des ic ca'tion 
 ]| dig gCrn'ment 
 
 ieh thy dl'o gy 
 
 mur'mur ing 
 
 
 i so tliGrm'al 
 
 mount ain eer' 
 
 ■I 
 
 It de te'ri o rate 
 1 de clilm'a to ry 
 
 ho mo ge'iie ous 
 
 ma chin'e ry 
 
 1 
 
 hJp po pot'a mus 
 
 ka lei'do scope 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 153 
 
 mil Ic'-n'rii um 
 men ag'e rio 
 met a phj?-§'ins 
 mis'9el la iiy 
 met a mor'plioso 
 ne go ti a'tiou 
 mCr'^e na ry 
 mne mon'ies 
 me€h a ni'ciau 
 5 le ag'i uous 
 
 mf thdl'o gy 
 non 9ha lance' 
 pug na'cious 
 Pen'ta teu{!h 
 porte-mon naie' 
 pu sil lan'i nious 
 pla gi a rigm 
 phra ge ol'o gy 
 ])e ripii'er y 
 per e gri na'tion 
 
 1)1*0 pi ti a'tion 
 l)ar si mo'ni ous 
 per sna'gion 
 pol i ti'cian 
 pro yed'ure 
 l)ar'a ghnte 
 phygiol'ogy 
 plios plior 6890' 
 psy chdl'o gy 
 ta9'i turn 
 
 Rim i lar'i ty 
 rig i bil'i ty 
 reo ti line al 
 rem i nis'cence 
 r^'9 i pr69'i ty 
 ree ol lec'tion 
 re-iin burse' 
 re tal'i ate 
 res ur rcc'tion 
 ri dic'u lous 
 
 XI 
 
 re lax a'tion 
 pome gran'ate 
 pseu'do nym 
 sub poe'na 
 su per sti'tious 
 so 119'i tude 
 syn on'y mous 
 seq lies tra'tion 
 su per iiu'mer a ry 
 su per in tend'ent 
 
 XII 
 
 sub'lu na ry 
 triph thon'gal 
 t^r'an nize 
 ty ran'nic al 
 ste're o type 
 Bfe'o pliant 
 stadt'hold er 
 tran s9ond cnt'al 
 tradi'tion ary 
 ver sa til'i ty 
 
 vo lu'mi nous 
 th6r a peu'tics 
 tCch'nic id 
 vin di ca'tive 
 virt'u al ly 
 vi'bra to ry 
 zo di'ac al 
 Xen'o phon 
 zo'o pliyte 
 wlt'ti cigm 
 
 va'ri e gate 
 vict'ual er 
 tcM-'ti a ry 
 tal'ig man 
 thral'dom 
 ti-ip'ar tite 
 U'ra nus 
 al Je'gi ance 
 u biq'ui tons 
 am phi the'a tre 
 
 ad mit'tance 
 ftuc tion eer' 
 as so'ci a'tion 
 a pds'tro phe 
 a cade my 
 au da cious 
 arV'he type 
 al le gor'ic al 
 ac cept'ance 
 ac 9el er a'tion 
 

 164 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 fac-sim'i le 
 f^l'chion ' 
 f^rconry' 
 gan'grene 
 gno'mon 
 gaz et teer' 
 gloss'a ry 
 geology 
 gC'r'nii uate 
 glu'ti nous 
 
 Get'tys barg 
 gal'ax y 
 Havre ' 
 Hu'gue not " 
 house'-wife 
 he gi'ra 
 Hin'doo 
 in 9i§'ion <«''^^) 
 in gig'ure ^^^^^^ 
 
 im pr6mp'tu 
 id'i om 
 in dict'ment 
 ir re trie v 'a bk 
 il lu'sive 
 io'ta 
 1 tal'ian 
 in ter cede' 
 il Ht'er ate 
 
 xm 
 
 il lus'trate 
 im'be 9ile 
 im'po tent 
 in 9i'Bive 
 in sep'a ra ble 
 in'ter est ed 
 jes'sa mine 
 judg'ment 
 jave'lin 
 jour'ney man 
 
 XIV 
 
 jeop'ard y 
 las'si tude 
 iiq'ue fy 
 lu'cra tive 
 li tig'ious 
 l&e'quer 
 la9'er ate 
 main tain' 
 mech'an i§m 
 
 XV 
 
 mar'9hion ess • 
 Miilm'gey " 
 man u mis'sion 
 maeli i nation 
 mar'tyr dom 
 mo nop'o ly 
 m^rie a ble 
 mds quer ade' 
 may'or al ty 
 
 myr'mi don 
 mys'ti 9igm 
 nun'ner y 
 nar'ra tive 
 nau'se ate ' 
 nec'tar ine 
 naive te' * 
 op'er ate 
 os'Bi fy 
 os'ee ous 
 
 ob liq'ui ty 
 oc'u lar 
 pos sSs'eion 
 pii'er ile 
 psal'ter y 
 pel'i can 
 pen'nant 
 prom'i nent 
 Pough keep'sie 
 
 p&r'a site 
 Ple'ia deg ' 
 p^r'qui site 
 phthi'sis " 
 phthig'ie " 
 pro te ge' " 
 po r6s'i ty 
 pro vin'cial 
 pie be'ian 
 
 Pronnneiatlon.— I 
 
 • hfl'gft n6t ; ^ mar'shfin gs 
 
 fftl'chun ; 2 fft'k'n ; » nj^'sih* ilt ; 
 ; 8 mam'zy; »ple'ya dgz; »•> thl'sis ; 
 
 * n& Sv th' ; ' ha'Tgr ; 
 ntiz'ik;"pr6tdzli4'. 
 
GRAFTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 155 
 
 par'ri 9ide 
 pal'li a tive 
 par'ox y§m 
 per'i gee 
 piqu'an qy 
 pol'y glot 
 por'rin ger 
 p6r'phy ry 
 preg'by ter 
 pros'e lyte 
 
 Pt61'e my 
 Pall-mall' • 
 Phil'o mel 
 poign'ant 
 qu^r'u lous 
 qua drille' 
 req'ui §ite 
 re 96p'ta cle 
 rec'om pense 
 
 ro'ge ate 
 ra pa9'i ty 
 re dun'dant 
 reg'i due 
 6p69'i fy 
 sig'ni fy 
 stu'pe fy 
 sylvan 
 squan'dcr 
 sa€'ri fice 
 
 XVI 
 
 BUS pi'eious 
 Sioux ' 
 sen'ti cut 
 se di'tious 
 stren'u ous 
 sat'el lite 
 sue 9es'sive 
 schigm ^ 
 su per sede' 
 sym'me try 
 
 XVII 
 
 Sehuyrkill 
 Si'nai 
 
 • 
 
 souve nir' 
 sup'plo ment 
 sol'e 9igm 
 syl'lo gism 
 sa'ti ate 
 st^r'to rous 
 s1ir'9in gle 
 
 XVIII 
 
 soph'istry 
 sop o rif 'ic 
 tu i'tion 
 tran si'tion 
 tlir pen tine 
 tarn 'a rind 
 T6r're Haute * 
 tri glyph 
 tiir'gid 
 tram 'mel 
 
 an'te date 
 ap'po gite 
 a bey'ance 
 sea tliet'icB 
 al le'gro 
 bur k^sque' 
 braggart 
 u'gu ry 
 buoy'ant 
 boat'swain 
 
 vi'ti ate 
 car'cass 
 chieftain 
 ben'i gon 
 bar'be cue 
 bag'i lisk 
 bom ba zine' 
 ban dit'ti 
 bli-the'eome 
 
 ada'gio* 
 ftl'ter cate 
 ve neer' 
 challenge 
 cri tique' 
 ehi me'ra 
 crab 'bed 
 CO 16s'su8 
 car touch' 
 Qit'a del 
 
 Pronunclatton.— > eSo ; 2 siz'm ; » p61-m6r ; * tfir'rg hot ; eada'jft. 
 
15G 
 
 OUAFTON'S WOIil) AND SK.NTKNCF. UOOK 
 
 WORDS OFTEN MISPRONOUNCED 
 
 Have the pupils 'vrito the words divided into syllables and marked 
 IS below. Drill on the i^onunciution until a correct, habit is formed. 
 litA'ii the words used in short oral sentences. 
 
 I 
 
 aunt 
 
 sa'tyr 
 
 wpiu'lor 
 
 eheik 
 
 biith 
 
 Btra'ta 
 
 cadiWer 
 
 Biiite' 
 
 gape 
 
 nape 
 
 va gfi'ry 
 
 ])rot'ty ' 
 
 lilugh 
 
 Da'nish 
 
 cu rfi'tor 
 
 trlb'une 
 
 vaunt 
 
 ina'trou 
 
 de ca'denco 
 
 piqu'ant 
 
 II 
 
 m6r'phtne 
 
 Ar'ab 
 
 op'och 
 
 iia'§al 
 
 Btrych'niue 
 
 com'rade 
 
 e:^^ {let' 
 
 loi'gure 
 
 bt'ii'zlne 
 
 Heni'aiis 
 
 r^g'in 
 
 meas'uro 
 
 bro'mide 
 
 car'mino 
 
 ddQ'ile 
 
 fort'night 
 
 rftp'lne 
 
 Pai'es tine 
 
 jdc'und 
 
 thgre'fore 
 
 111 
 
 Biip'ple 
 
 ally' 
 
 ro bust' 
 
 tt rade' 
 
 htlr'ass 
 
 pla card' 
 
 fl nil nee' 
 
 ca nine' 
 
 tenet 
 
 re cess' 
 
 l)re tense' 
 
 a gain' ' 
 
 fet'id 
 
 re course' 
 
 ro niance' 
 
 a d6pt' 
 
 furcrum 
 
 re sGarcli' 
 
 ad drCss' 
 
 re source 
 
 IV 
 
 been* 
 
 ket'tle 
 
 grl mace' 
 
 ac cli'mate 
 
 catch 
 
 gra'tis 
 
 cftn'strue 
 
 an cho'vy 
 
 launch 
 
 greag y 
 
 black 'guard * 
 
 griln'a ry 
 
 hearth 
 
 se'nile 
 
 on'er ous 
 
 na'tion al 
 
 o'nyx 
 
 are 'tie 
 
 al bi'no 
 
 mis'chiev ous 
 
 Pronunciatlon.- 
 
 -iswCt; «prit'ty; 3 a gen'; 
 
 ♦bin; 6biag'gard, 
 
QRiM^"''(>N\s WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 157 
 
 py rl'tt'fl 
 ho ri'zon 
 broil ehrtifl 
 m pir'uiit 
 
 U (!()Us'tic'8 ' 
 
 bt tu'iiiuu 
 
 nf r'vato 
 i tril'ic 
 ttc c^^nt'ed 
 CO (|uot'ry 
 con (lo'louce 
 de ftH'cato 
 
 i (lo'a 
 in quir'y 
 op po'nont 
 Bub Hid 'dice 
 pre cud 'e nee 
 ini mobile 
 
 ly ce'um 
 mil s6'um 
 pre vcnt'ive 
 jii'gii lar 
 ju'vc nile 
 le'ni ent 
 
 VI 
 
 dis'pii tunt 
 ddl'or oils 
 dcf i cit 
 hC'r'otiie 
 liy'gi One 
 mCr'cuii ttle 
 
 rSc're ant 
 splen'e tic 
 Bo'cia ble ' 
 sac'ra ment 
 180 late 
 ve'he ment 
 
 tr^'cn lent 
 be'he m6th 
 Bur'gun dy 
 Hc'o ri^e 
 
 hkM'o culo 
 I'o vva 
 pri'va oy 
 prdb'i ty 
 
 hand'ker cnief ' post'liu mous 
 lor'ger y mis c(5n'strije 
 
 VI I 
 
 Cal ll'o pe 
 Terp sieli'o re 
 al I6p'a thy 
 hy drop'a thy 
 au re'o la 
 va ri'o la 
 
 a mc'na bio 
 dem o ni'acal 
 ma nl'ac al 
 fin an cier' 
 et i quette' 
 re'al ly 
 
 py ram'i dal 
 re flit 'a ble 
 restor'ative 
 in com 'pa ra ble 
 rt5p'a ra ble 
 ir rep'a ra ble 
 
 VIII 
 
 &1 ter ca'tion 
 en cv clo ped'ic 
 in dis'pu ta ble 
 in 6x'o ra ble 
 ir r^v'o ca ble 
 li thdg'ra pher 
 
 nfip'o tism 
 rjlil'Iery 
 p6r'ce lain 
 in'te gral 
 main'te nance 
 ex'cpii gite 
 
 tn'ter est ing 
 lam'ent a ble 
 com 'para ble 
 u6m'i na tive 
 or'tho e py 
 pfir'emp to ry 
 
 an to pe nttlt' 
 ap o tlie'o sis 
 an tip'o des 
 sar sa pa rll'la 
 o le o mar'ga rtne 
 E liz'a bctli an 
 
 Pronuuclatlon.— > ft kous'tlks or A kOTs'tlks ; ahao'kSrchlf ; » eO'sMb'J. 
 
158 (JIlArroN'S WORD AND SKNTKNCli U()OK 
 ADDITIONAL HOMONYMS 
 
 Ail, to pain; to tr(iiil)]t) 
 Ale, a malt, liquoi' 
 
 Aisle, a passajjo 
 
 Isle, an islaml 
 
 I'll, cuntim-tion of "1 will " 
 
 All, tli«' wh()l(> 
 
 Awl, a itorin^ instrniniMit 
 
 Altar, a placo of sacritU-i' 
 Alter, t»t (ihanjife 
 
 Bail, security; handle of a kettle 
 Bale, a bundle 
 
 liall, a round body 
 Bawl, to cry aloud 
 
 Bare, naked 
 Bear, an animal 
 
 Beach, the sea-shore 
 Beech, a tree 
 
 Bin, a box f(»r grain 
 Been, from be. 
 
 Berry, a small fruit 
 Bury, to cover with earth 
 
 Berth, room in a ship 
 Birth, coming into life 
 
 Borough, a town 
 
 Burrow, a hoi? for animals 
 
 Bread, fcMxl imide of flour 
 Bred, brought up 
 
 Cannon, a great gun 
 
 Canon, a rule ; a church oflicer 
 
 Canvas, coarse cloth 
 Cauvass, to examine 
 
 Ceiling,— of a r<K»M> 
 Sealing, fastening se(!urely 
 
 Ci're, to cover with wax 
 Sear, lo burn 
 Seer, one who furebcoa 
 Sere, dry 
 
 (^hord, — in music 
 Cord, a snudi ropo 
 
 Core, the uwwr part 
 (■orps, a body of troops 
 
 Cousin, a relative 
 Co/en, to cheat 
 
 Crews, — of sailors 
 Cruise, a voyage 
 Cruse, a small bottle 
 
 Dire, dread fid 
 Dyer, one who dyes 
 
 Doe, a she-deer 
 Dough, paste of bread 
 
 Fain, glad 
 Fane, a temj)lti 
 Feign, to pretend 
 
 Feat, a <]eed 
 
 Feet, the plural of foofc 
 
 Flew, iromfli/ 
 
 Flue, a [)assage for smoke 
 
 Flour, fine meal 
 Flower, a blossom 
 
 Foul, not clean 
 Fowl, a winged animal 
 
 Gild, to overlay with gold 
 Guild, a society 
 
 I 
 
(lUAiToN'.s woui) AND si.;nti<:nor book 
 
 159 
 
 FIhII, n larpo room 
 IIhiiI, to pull; to draw 
 
 II(!W, to (tut 
 
 Hue, II colour 
 
 Iloiinl, t(» lay up 
 Horde, a waiKicriiij; tribe 
 
 Key, Hii iiistrumeul 
 (^uay, a wharf 
 
 Kill, to tako life 
 Kiln, — of hric'ks 
 
 Know, from know 
 Uiui, ail animal 
 Now, not old 
 
 Liar, ono who tolia llos 
 Tjyro, a music-al instrumGnt 
 
 Loan, anythinj^ huit 
 Ijono, without (iompany 
 
 Manner, way of doin^,' 
 Manor, land of a nol)lRman 
 
 Marshal, a ohief olUuer 
 Martial, warliko 
 
 Moan, to groan softly 
 Mown, from ynow 
 
 Palate. — of the mouth 
 J*allet, H stnall bed 
 Palette, u painter's board 
 
 Pause, a stoj) 
 
 Paws, feet of beasts of prey 
 
 Purl, to flow gently 
 Pearl, a jewel 
 
 Plum, a fruit 
 
 Plumb, exactly upright 
 
 Praise, to speak well of 
 Prays, asks earnestly 
 Preys, takes by violence 
 
 J'rollt, gain 
 
 Prophet, one who foretells 
 
 Raise, to lift 
 Hays,— of light 
 little, to tear down 
 
 Seam,— of a coat 
 Seem, to appear 
 
 S(*as, bodi(!s of water 
 Sees, from nee. 
 Seize, to take hold of 
 
 Sower, one who sows 
 Soar, to fly aloft 
 Sore, an uleer 
 Sewer, one who sows 
 
 Slay, to kill 
 
 Sleigh, u vehiehi for snow 
 
 Sole, the bottom of the foot 
 Soul, the spirit of man 
 
 Tear, water from the eyea 
 Tier, a row 
 
 Throne, the seat of a king 
 Thrown, from throw 
 
 Vale, tlie Ri)ace between hilla 
 Veil, a eovering for the face 
 
 Waive, to give up 
 Wave, — of the ocean 
 
 Wring, to twist 
 
 Ring, a circle ; to sound a hell 
 
 To the Tcrtc/ter.— Exercises in the use of these words in sentences should 
 be given. See Lessons on Homonyms, Part II. 
 
160 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SKNTKNCK HOOK 
 
 Punctuation 
 
 X. Punctuation jVEakks Enumerated 
 
 The period or full stop ( . )' ^^^^ question mark or note o! 
 iuterrogjitiou { ? ), the exclamation mark or note of excla- 
 mation ( 1 ), the semi-colon ( ; ) and the comma ( , ) are 
 the punctuation marks in most connnon use. To these add 
 the colon ( : ), parentheses ( () ), the dash ( — ) and quota- 
 tion marks, either donble { '"' ) or single {' ' ). 
 
 ■ 
 
 }3._Proitibitouy Caution 
 
 Do not insert a stop between any of the parts of a proposi- 
 tion ennmerated below, when they follow in the order given. 
 
 1. The article and any word. 2. The adjective and the 
 noun qualified. 3. The adverb or adverbial conjunction 
 and the word modified. 4. The antecedent and its relative. 
 5. The word on which a preposition depends, the pi'eposi- 
 tion and its regimen. G. Any two like parts of speech con- 
 nected by a conjunction. 7. The subject, verb and attri- 
 bute or object, except that when the subject is composed of 
 parts separated by commas, a comma is inserted before the 
 
 verb. 
 
 E.f/. An easy and efficient system of punctuation carefully 
 avoids the needless separatio^i of words which are arranged 
 in the customary order of grammatical dependence aiul con- 
 nection. I did the work so that it might be approved. I 
 entered when I was ready. Old and young, rich and poor, 
 wise and foolish, were involved in ruin. ^Minerals, vege- 
 tables, animals, elements, became objects of adoration. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE ROOK 
 
 161 
 
 note of 
 t excla- 
 ; , ) are 
 lese add 
 L quota- 
 
 proposi- 
 r given, 
 iind the 
 unction 
 relative, 
 preposi- 
 *cli con- 
 A attri- 
 [)()sed of 
 fore the 
 
 jarefully 
 irranged 
 ind con- 
 jved. I 
 id poor, 
 is, vege- 
 )n. 
 
 C. — Rules of Most Fuequent AppLrcATioN 
 
 1. The period ends a complete statement. F.g. I am not 
 bound to please thee with my answer. 
 
 2. 1'he note of interrogation ends a direct question. E.g. 
 Do you confess the bond ? 
 
 3. The note of exclamation is put after (a) an interjection 
 or {/)) an exclamatory phrase or {c) sentence, (d) except *' " 
 with the nominative of address. E.g. (a) Alas ! he's mad. 
 (b) Fie upon your law ! (c) How pale he glares ! (d) U 
 thou fall'st, Cromwell, thou fall'st a blessed martyr. 
 
 4. The i:>rincipal propositions of a period, when complete, 
 are separated by semi-colons. E.g. I have trod a measure ; 
 I have flattered a lady ; I have been politic with a friend, 
 smooth with an enemy. J^ofe. — If the principal propositions 
 are short or connected by having a common subject, verb or 
 object, they are often separated by commas only ; when both 
 short and connected as above, even the comma is frequently 
 omitted. E.g. He struck his brother with an axe, and killed 
 him., lie reads and writes. 
 
 5. Commas separate (a) the clauses of a principal proposi- 
 tion from each other and from the principal proposition and 
 (/>) words in them which have no direct grammatical connec- 
 tion ; hence they enclose nominatives of address, nomina- 
 tives absolute, appositives of more than a noun and article 
 and jiarts of a proposition inverted in order ; besides, they 
 replace (6') omitted words, especially the conjunction ^' and 
 E.g. (a) lie who is unwilling to submit to death, when 
 Heaven decrees it, deserves not to have lived, (b) How far, 
 Catiline, wilt thou abuse our patience ? Our men, the con- 
 flict being over, lay down on their arms to rest. The young 
 prince, worthy son of a valiant father, conducted the nego- 
 ciation with consummate skill. To a man of unconquerable 
 determination, all things are possible, (c) His seed shall 
 
 endure forever ; and his throne, as the sun before me. Min- 
 11 
 
 >> 
 
wz 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE ROOK 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 erals, vegetables, animals and the elements became objects of 
 adoration. 
 
 Special Rules 
 
 The colon is nearly obsolete. It may, however, replace a 
 semi-colon, when any conjunction but *'and" is omitted 
 between two principal propositions (a) ; and it is often used 
 after a transitive verb, before a quotation of many words (b). 
 E.g. {a) Williams rode away as fast as possible : there was 
 extreme danger in facing three lancers alone, {b) The Saxon 
 Chronicle says : ''All that was hateful to God and oppres- 
 sive to man was customary in William's time." 
 
 The semi-colon is sometimes used instead of the word 
 "namely" {a), and it precedes the contraction ''viz." {b). 
 E.g. Five Tudor sovereigns reigned in England, namely, 
 Henry VII, Henry VIII, Edward VI, Mary and Elizabeth. 
 Five Tudor sovereigns reigned in England; viz., Henry 
 
 VII, Henry VIII, Edward VI, Mary and Elizabeth. Five 
 Tudor sovereigns reigned in England; Henry VII, Henry 
 
 VIII, Edward VI, Mary and Elizabeth. 
 
 The period is placed after a contraction {a), and may then 
 be immediately followed by any stop other than the period 
 itself {h). E.g. {a and b) The money which had been bor- 
 rowed at ten per cent., was repaid on the 10th ult. 
 
 Explanatory statements or amplifications of meaning, 
 which may be omitted without marring the grammatical 
 structure of a sentence, are enclosed, sometimes by commas, 
 sometimes by parentheses, sometimes by dashes. E.g. Gyp- 
 sum, suljihate of lime, is often used as a manure. Gypsum 
 (sulphate of lime) is often used as a manure. Gypsum — sul- 
 phate of lime — is often used as a manure. 
 
 The dash marks an abrupt change in the current of 
 tliouHit ; especially it is used at the end of a statement left 
 incomplete. It also separates words repeated for the sake 
 of emphasis. E.g, When I catch him, Til—; but I will 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 163 
 
 utter no threats. Work— work — work, till the brain begins 
 to swim. 
 
 The words of verbally exact quotations are enclosed within 
 double quotation marks, the quotation mark being repeated 
 at the beginning of each line of a long quotation. Single 
 quotation marks are used to distinguish quotations within 
 quotations. Quotation marks follow other punctuation 
 marks. E.g. 
 
 Startled by the stillness broken by reply so aptly spoken, 
 ''Doubtless,'' said I, ''what it utters is its only stock 
 and store, 
 
 " Caught from some unhappy master whom unmerciful dis- 
 
 aster 
 ' Followed fast, and followed faster, till his songs one 
 
 burden bore, 
 ■ Till the dirges of his Hope, that melancholy burden 
 
 it 
 
 tt 
 
 bore, 
 
 " Of ' never — nevermore.' " 
 
 Syllabication 
 
 Pkinciples of Syllabication" 
 
 The syllabication must aid correct and distinct pronuncia- 
 tion. Hence : 
 
 1. Each syllable must be capable of separate pronunciation. 
 
 2. Letters which in association modify the sound of one 
 another, ought not to be separated in syllabication. 
 
 3. Each separate syllable should be pronounceable as an 
 English monosyllable similarly spelled would be pronounced. 
 
 4. Usually the vowel sounds that end monosyllables are 
 long. E.g. aye, he, eye, oh, ewe ; and the monosyllables that 
 end in consonants are short. E.g. mat, hen, bid, dog, run. 
 
164 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENf'K BOOK 
 
 5. (JoiiKon'.intK uro mort^ (listiiK^tly heard wlien associated 
 with acoenti'd syluiblos. 
 
 (5. CoiiHonaiits are inoro easily pronounced at the beginning 
 than at the end of syllables. 
 
 7. Consonants are more easily pronounced when very 
 closely associated with vowels. 
 
 8. A root word usually i)reserves its pronunciation, when 
 compounded with another, or when a pretix or an atlix is 
 attached to it. 
 
 1^ 
 
 Rules for Syllauication- 
 
 Frlneiphl. Rule a. — l)onotdivideamonosylla])le. E.g, 
 Oil, fraught, rhythm, beau, must not be divided. 
 
 rrin. 1. Rule /y.— Every separated part must have a vowel 
 in it. E.(j. Jame!^''s must not be divided. 
 
 Prin. 2. Rule c.—\)o not divide a digraph or a trigrapli, 
 as th, sh, ch, ck, ng, sc, gn, sch, etc. E.tj. Fa-ther, ush-er, 
 arch-itoct. 
 
 Prin. a. Rule d. — When a consonant modifies the sound 
 of a precedin g vowel, do not separate the two. E.(J. Mot! \ -er, 
 par-ent, wom-en. 
 
 Prin. 2. Rule <'.— Do not separate c or (j soft from the 
 letter which softens it. E.(/. Eviden-cing, rava-ger, oran- 
 gery, judg-ment. 
 
 Prin. 2. Rule /—Do not divide such terminations as 
 -tion, -sion, -cious, -cean, -sure, -geon. E.g. Inten-tion, 
 pas-sion, gra-cious, o-cean, lis-sure, pi-geon. 
 
 Prin. 3. Rule g.—T)o not begin or end a syllable with 
 such combinations of letters as cannot begin or end an Eng- 
 lish word. E.g. Max-im, not ma-xim, complex-ion, an-gel, 
 e-quation, i-guanodon. 
 
 Prin. 3. Rule h. — I'he division between two syllables falls 
 between two vowel sounds separately pronounced, thus dis- 
 tinguishing them from possible diphthongs. E.g. 0-olite, 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SRNTENCK ROOK 
 
 165 
 
 not oo-lite as in ooze; a-eriul, not ue-rial, aw in ae-olian ; 
 SL'i-enco, not like the second syllable of (!on-seienee ; covv-ard, 
 not co-ward ; curi-osity, ortlio-oi)y, aye-aye, moi-ety, abey- 
 ance, tri-iinipli. 
 
 Prui. 4, Hide i. — The division })etween two syllables fsdls 
 immediately after a long vowel. E.g. Fa-vour, fe-ver, 
 po-tent, brn-tal, beaii-tiful, poi-son. 
 
 Prin. 5. linlej. — Siiigle consonants or digraphs between 
 two short vowels cling to that whi(;h has the stronger accent. 
 E.g. Pres'i-deiit, hab'it, ha-})it'ual, hab-i-ta'tion, propli'et, 
 pro-phet'ic, liv'id, li-vid'ity. 
 
 Prin. 0. Rule Jc. — Single consonants or digraphs between 
 two short vowels e(pially iniac(!ented cling to the latter. E.g. 
 Veri-si-miritude. 
 
 Prin. 7. Huh I. — AVlien two or more consonants inter- 
 vene between two vowels, distribute them between the 
 former and the latter vowel as shall best represent the [)ro- 
 nunciation in view of principles 4, 5, G and 7. E.g., 'J'ab-let, 
 ver-bal, i)ros-trate, pres-tige, ])re-sternal, pene-trate. 
 
 Priu. 7. Pule ///.— Se[)arate doubled consonants. E.g. 
 Mil-let, i)an-nier, par-ricide. 
 
 Prin. 7. Rule n. — / must be treated as a consonant when 
 it has the souiul of initial //. E.g. Val-iantly, on-ion. 
 
 Prin. 8. Pule o. — In syllabication preserve the identity of 
 compound words. E.g. Back-ache, foot-stool. 
 
 Prin. 8. Pule p. — In syllabication separate prefixes and 
 affixes, when neither they nor the words to which they are 
 joined, are modified in pronunciation by the junction. 
 E.g. Pre-side, but pres-ident, not })re-sident ; pre-cedent 
 and prec-edent are distinct words; peeress-es, heart-y, 
 eat-able. 
 
 In some instances, some of the foregoing rnles are antag- 
 onistic. Most of such cases are met by the following cus- 
 tomary rules : 
 
 Pule q. — Join c or ^ soft to the vowel preceding, when it is 
 
166 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 ehort and accented ; i.e., give precedence to Rule j over 
 Rule e. 
 
 Rule r. — Always join the preceding consonant to the ter- 
 minations -le and -re. 
 
 Examples of the operation of these last rules are capac-ity, 
 imag-ination, tan-gle, tric-kle. 
 
 In other instances of antagonism of rules, so divide sylla- 
 bles as will best represent the pronunciation in accordance 
 with the general principle. Iii such cases authorities differ, 
 and you will almost certainly have some good authority on 
 your side, however you may decide. 
 
 The People of Canada 
 
 The people of Canada pro descendants of the old French 
 who originally settled along the St. Lawrence, together with 
 English, Irish, Scotch, and others of foreign nationalities. 
 Among these may be found men of genius and culture, who 
 have made themselves known in the world of science and art; 
 and every year sees the number of those who aspire to literary 
 fame becoming greater. 
 
 ' With the increase of education, wealth, leisure and foreign 
 travel, there has been a marked change in the customs and 
 habits of the people. Social refinement and luxury have in 
 recent years greatly increased ; and a type of character is 
 being gradually developed, which is distinctly national. 
 With her magnificent resources of soil, forest and mine, 
 her relatively pure, simple and healthy domestic life, her 
 free systems of education and her excellent form of govern- 
 ment, Canada certainly possesses the promise ard potency of 
 a great nation. 
 
 S i; 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 167 
 
 Additional Derivatives from Latin and Greek Words 
 
 The root of a derivative is the word from whicli it was 
 formed. The meaning of the root is the leading idea in the 
 meaning of the derived word. The forms of roots in deriva- 
 tives are often changed more or less for the sake of euphony 
 or for other reasons. 
 
 Latik and Greek Roots and their Derivatives. 
 
 A mo, mnatiwi, to love. Root forms : a7n, amat. 
 
 amiable, amity, enamour, amicable, amateur. 
 Animus, anima, m.nd, soul, life. Root form : anim, 
 
 animal, animation, animosity, magnanimity. 
 Audio, auditum, to hear. Root forms : aud, audit, 
 
 audible, audience, auditory, inaudible, auditor. 
 Bene, well ; good. 
 
 benefactor, benediction, benison, benefit, benevolence. 
 Brevis, short. Root forms : brev, bref. 
 
 brevity, brief, abbreviate, breve. 
 Bis, twice ; two. Root form, bi. 
 
 biped, biennial, bisect, bivalve, biscuit. 
 Cajno, captum, to take. Root forms : cap, capt, cept, 
 
 captive, receptacle, capable, captor, reception. 
 Credo, credituni, to believe. Root forms : cred, credit. 
 
 creed, credible, credulous, credit, credential. 
 Clamo, cJamatum, to cry out. Root forms : clam, clamat. 
 
 exclaim, clamorous, acclamation, proclaim, claimant. 
 Dice, dictum, to say. Root forms : die, diet. 
 
 diction, dictate, contradict, predict. 
 Duco, ductum, to lead. Root forms : due, duct. 
 
 introduce, conductor, ductility, reducible. 
 Fluo, jiuxum, to iiow. Root forms : flu, fl,ux, flucL 
 
 fluency, fluctuation, fluid, superfluous, influx. 
 Fundo, fusum, to pour. Root forms : fund, fus. 
 
 infuse, confuse, difEuse, refund, fusion. 
 
16S 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTEN('E BOOK 
 
 iP 
 
 GrmUor, grcssus, to walk. Koofc fornis : grad, greas. 
 
 jnogivsK, ogrosK, ooTigrcsfi, traiiBgress, retrograde. 
 Over, grcglx, a flock. Koot form : greg. 
 
 aggregate, segregate, congregate, gregariouH. 
 llahvi), liabifum, to liave ; to hold. KootforniH : Jmb, habiU 
 
 inhabit, 2)rohil)it, exhibit, habitable. 
 llivrvo, liivsiun, to stick. Root forms: her, Jies. 
 
 adliere, cohenion, incoherent, liesitate. 
 Jtnt(jo, Ju?icfum, to join. Root forms : Jung, JuncL 
 
 adjunct, junction, subjunctive, conjuncture. 
 Zego, It'vtuin, to choose; to read. Root forms : Inj, In-f., 
 
 select, election, elegant, legible, lecture. 
 Jah'ks, a 2)lace. Root fornis : lor, lieu. 
 
 local, locomotive, locality, lo(;alize, lieutenant. 
 Loquor, locufufi, to speak. Root forma : loqii. Incut. 
 
 loquacious, colloquy, soliloquy, circundocution. 
 Manus, the hand. Root forms : man, main. 
 
 nuinual, maiuiscript, nuinacle, manufacture. 
 Mitto, missuni, to send. Root forms : mit, misft, 
 
 transmit, omit, intermittent, missionary. 
 Moveo, mo turn, to move. Root forms : mov, moL 
 
 motive, promote, commotion, remote, movable. 
 Nornen, nominis, a name. Root forms : nam, 7iomi?i, 
 
 noun, denominator, jjronomiual, cognomen. 
 
 JVosco, not urn, to know, to mark. Root form ; not, 
 
 notable, notice, incognito, denote. 
 Omnis, all. 
 
 omnibus, omniscient, omnivorous, omnipotent. 
 Oro, or at urn, to speak ; to pray. Root form : orat, 
 
 adore, inexorable, oral, oration. 
 Pono, posituni, to put ; to place. Root forms : pon, posit 
 
 postpone, posture, depository, propose. 
 
 Plica, plicatum, to fold. Root forms : pUc, pUcat, 
 multiplication, simplicity, duplicity, triple. 
 
GUAFTUN'S WURJ) AND SKNTKNCK IIOOK 
 
 ICU 
 
 Primufi, first. Root form : jyrim. 
 
 primor, primitive, prime, primate, primeval. 
 Iie(/o,, rertum, to rub. Root forms : rey, red. 
 
 regent, direct, correction, dir(!ctre88. 
 tSero, serf urn, to (uit. Hoot forms : see, sect. 
 
 ])iMect, Hegmeiit, insect, Bectional. 
 Sefjuor, scent US, to follow. Root forms : soqu, secut. 
 
 prosecute, consecuitivo, nubsequent, sequel. 
 Spivo, splratum, to ])reathe. Root forms : spir, spiraL 
 
 expire, aspiration, dispiriting, conspirator. 
 StOy statum, to stand. Root forms : sta, slat, sist, staiit. 
 
 station, obstacle, stable, constant, resist. 
 Traho, tr actum, to draw. Root form : tract. 
 
 attract, subtraction, distract, contracstor. 
 Tribuo, trihutum, to give. Root form : trihut. 
 
 tributary, retribution, contribute, tribute. 
 Terra, the earth. 
 
 terrestrial, Mediterranean, territory, terrier. 
 Verto, versuni, to turn. Root forms : vert, vers. 
 
 adversity, versatile, reverse, jiversion, divert. 
 Voco, vocatum, to call. Root forms : voe, vocat, 
 
 vocation, revoke, equivocal, convocation. 
 Verus, true. Root form : ver. 
 
 aver, verify, veracity, veracious. 
 Grapho, to write. Root form : (jraph. 
 
 monogi-aph, geography, telegraph, graphite. 
 PJdtos, a lover. Root form : ^>/r//. 
 
 I'hiladelphia, philosopher, philanthropist, philology. 
 Plione, the voice. 
 
 telephone, euphony, phonetic, phonograph. 
 Polls, a city. 
 
 police, metropolis, cosmopolitan, politics. 
 
 To the Trrtc/tcr.— Have pupils note the part of the (lerlved word found in 
 the root word ; also add other words to the lists of derivatives and give 
 their meanings. The infinitive gives the gefural meaning of the verbal root. 
 
170 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 French Words and Phrases 
 
 A la mode. In the fashion. 
 
 Amour propre. Vanity. 
 
 A propoH. To the point. 
 
 Au fait. Skilful; export. 
 
 Au revoir. Farewell till we meet 
 again. 
 
 Jieaic monde. Tho fashionable 
 world. 
 
 Bete noir. A bugbear. 
 
 Billet doux. A love-letter. 
 
 Bizarre. Odd; fantaatic. 
 
 BlasS. Surfeited. 
 
 Bon jour. Good-day. 
 
 Bo7i mot. A witticism. 
 
 CafS. A cofTee house. 
 
 Carte Uanche. Full power. 
 
 Chef d\Buvre. A master-piece, 
 
 Comme il faut. As it should be. 
 
 Coup d'itat. A stroke of policy. 
 
 Cuisine. A kitchen ; cookery. 
 
 Dibut. First appearance. 
 
 Douceur. A bril)e. 
 
 Eati de Cologne. Cologne water. 
 
 Eclat. Splendour; l)rilliancy. 
 
 Elite. A select body of persons. 
 
 Encore. Again. 
 
 E71 masse. In a body. 
 
 Ennui, Weariness, 
 
 En route. On the way. 
 
 EntrSe. Entry; a side dish. 
 
 Entre nous. Between ourselves. 
 
 Esprit de corps. The animating 
 
 spirit of a collective body. 
 ExposL An exposure. 
 Fagade. A front view. 
 Fait accompli. A thing already 
 
 done. 
 Faux pas. A false step. 
 Femme sole, A woman unmarried. 
 
 F^te. A holiday. 
 
 Crarron. A boy. 
 
 ^'■■t'S d'armes. Armed police. 
 
 Jlaut ton. Highest fashion. 
 
 Ilnrs de combat. Not in a condi- 
 tion to fight. 
 
 Jeu d' esprit. A witticism. 
 
 Laissez ^r//.r. Lci, alone. 
 3hnn. a bill of faro. 
 
 Nalcete. Native simplicity. 
 
 Kie. Born. 
 
 Keyliiji. Undress. 
 
 Noblesse otdige. Rank imposes ob- 
 ligalion. 
 
 Norn de guerre. A pseudonym. 
 
 On dit. Tliey say. 
 
 Par excellence. Pre-eminently. 
 
 Parvr u. An upstart. 
 
 Pot-pourri. A medley. 
 
 Protege. One protected by an- 
 other. 
 
 Qui vive. Who goes there? On 
 the alert. 
 
 Raison d'etre. Reason iur being. 
 
 Resume. A summing up. 
 
 liohe de chambre. A dressing 
 gown. 
 
 Sans souci. Without care. 
 
 Savant. A man of science. 
 
 Savoir faire. Tact; skill. 
 
 Seance. A sitting. 
 
 Tete-a-tete. Face to face; in dose 
 conversation. 
 
 Tout ensemble. T)ie whole taken 
 together. 
 
 Trousseau. A wedding outfit. 
 
 Valet de chambre. An attendant, 
 
 17*' d vis. Facing. 
 
 Vive le roi. Long live the king. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 Additional Abbreviations 
 
 171 
 
 An abbreviation is usually formed by takiii^r tlio first let- 
 ter, the first and last letters, or the lirst syllable of a word, 
 followed by a period. 
 
 1), V. CJod willinjj^. 
 1). V. S. DoL-lor of Vuteriimry 
 Science. 
 
 Ed. Editor, Edition. 
 E. (». or ('. g, I " '1- oxainplc. 
 Ellff. Eii-^laiid. 
 Esq. Es(juiro. 
 et al. And others. 
 etc. And so forth, 
 et Heqq. And tiioso following. 
 £. Hi 0. E. i rror.s and otnissi( 
 exce[)t(,'d. 
 
 )tnissions 
 
 A. or ((t. Al. 
 Acct. or fi/r. Account. 
 A. D. (Anno Domini). In the year 
 of (tiir Lord. 
 
 A. I), C. Aide-de-camp. 
 Adj. Adjective. 
 Adv. All verb. 
 Act. Aged. 
 
 ' , M. Ii the iuri>noon. 
 
 lint. Aniount. 
 
 Anon. Anonymous. 
 Ann. Answer. 
 
 B. A. Machelor ol \rts. 
 Bjirt, Baronet. 
 Bbl. or hl)I. Barnd. „. ^ _, ,„.^. 
 
 B.C. Ik-itish Columbia. Before F. II. S. i'VUow of the Roval So- 
 
 Clirist. ciety. 
 
 B. C. L. Bachelor of Civil Law. F. R. S. C. I'^ellow of the Royal 
 
 B. I). Bachelor ot Divinity. Society of Canada. 
 
 B. Sc. Bachelor of Science. Fur. or fur. Furlong. 
 Bu. or bu. Jiushel. 
 
 Gal. Gallon. 
 
 Capt. Captain. Gen. General. 
 
 V, B. Cape liieton. Gov. Governor. 
 
 C. E. Civil Engineer. 
 
 Chap. Chapter. Hhd. or lihd. Hogshead. 
 
 CM. G. Companion of the Order Hon. Honouratjle. 
 
 of St. JMichael and St. George. H. R, H. Hi Her) Royal Higli- 
 
 Co. Company. nes.s, 
 ^0. In care of. 
 
 C. 0. D. or c. 0. d. Collect (or Id. The .-.iiii. . 
 
 Fall. Falireidieit. 
 
 F. 0. B. or f. o, b. Free on board. 
 
 cash) on delivery. 
 Col. Colonel. 
 Corpl. Corporal 
 Cr. Credit, Crecutor 
 Cts. Cents. 
 Cwt. Hundredweight. 
 
 1). Cr L. Doctor of Civil Law. 
 1). D. Doctor of Divinity. 
 Dept. Department. 
 Dls. or Bfset. Discount. 
 Do. or do. Ditto, the same. 
 Dr. Debit, Debtor. 
 
 I. e. -'i- i. e. (id est.) That is. 
 I. H. S. Jesu^ the Saviour of men. 
 Incog, rnknown. 
 Inst. Thi present month. 
 Int. Interest. 
 
 Jr. Jxini(; 
 
 J. P. Justice of the Peace. 
 
 K. C. B. Knight Cjminander of 
 
 the B.iili. 
 K. C. M. G. Knight Commander 
 
 of S* Michael and St. George. 
 
 I 
 
in 
 
 GRAFTON'S WORD AND SKNTKNCK HooK 
 
 K. G. KiiiK'lil of the Uurter. 
 Kt. Kiiiglil. 
 
 L., I.J or £. Pound stui'liiig. 
 
 LaU L)ititu(U>. 
 
 lib, or lb. I'ouiid weight. 
 
 Lieut, liiculcnaiit. 
 
 LL. I). Doctor of liuws. 
 
 Long. Longitude. 
 
 L. S. I'hiceof thcSeul. 
 
 M. Noon. A thousjind. 
 
 M. A. Muster <>r Arts. 
 
 Maj. IMiijor. 
 
 Man. Miinitoha. 
 
 M, I>. Doctor of Medicine. 
 
 Mdse. iMcrchandisc. 
 
 Monio. Memorandum. 
 
 Messrs. (k'ntlemen. 
 
 Mile. Mftdeinoisello. 
 
 Mine. iMadame. 
 
 M. P. McndK'r of Parliament. 
 
 M. 1*. 1*. Mend)er of rrovincial 
 
 l*nrliament. 
 Mr. jMister. 
 Mrs. Mistress. 
 MSS. Mainiscripts. 
 
 N, B. New Hrunswick. 
 
 Nem. con. No one contradicting. 
 
 N. F. New Fouiidland. 
 
 No. or If. Nund)er. 
 
 N. P. Notary Public. 
 
 N. S. Nova Scotia. 
 
 N. T. New Testament. 
 
 N. W. T. Northwest Territory. 
 
 0. H. M. S. On Her ]\Iajesty's 
 
 Service. 
 0. K. All correct. 
 Ont. Ontario. 
 0. T. Old Testament. 
 Oz. or oz. Ounce. 
 
 Pay't. Payment. 
 
 P. E. I. Prince Edward Island. 
 
 Per an. By the year. 
 
 Per ct. or /, Per centum, by the 
 
 hundred. 
 Ph.D. 'Doctor of Philosophy. 
 Pk«r. or pkg-, Piickage. 
 P. M. Postmaster. Afternoon. 
 P. 0. Post Office. 
 
 P. 0. 0, Post onice Order. 
 
 up. I'ages. 
 
 Pres. President. 
 
 Prin. Principal. 
 
 Prof. Professor. 
 
 Pro teni. For tiu" time being. 
 
 Prox, Nextmontli. 
 
 P. S. Postscript. 
 
 Pitb. Pul»lisher,i)nbli(',ptd)lished. 
 
 Pub. doe. Pul»lic Document. 
 
 Pwt. or |MVt. I'ennyweight. 
 
 Q. (Question, (^uery. 
 
 ). C (Queen's Counsel. 
 
 |. E. I). W'liich was to be proved. 
 
 M. (Quartermaster. 
 (^r. «»r qr. (^uire. 
 Ot. or qt. Quart. 
 (|ue. (Quebec. 
 
 B, Recipe. 
 
 R. A. itoyal Artillery, 
 
 Rec'd. Received. 
 
 Rev. Reverend. 
 
 R. N. Royal Navy. 
 
 R. R. liailroad. 
 
 Rt. Hon. Right Honourable. 
 
 Rt. Rev. Right Reverend. 
 
 Sc. To wit, namely, viz. 
 
 Sec. Secretary. 
 
 Serg:. Sergeant. 
 
 Sq. Scjuare. 
 
 S. S. Steamship. 
 
 Sr. Senior. 
 
 Str. Steamer. 
 
 Supt. Superintendent. 
 
 Treas. Treasurer. 
 
 Ult. Last month. 
 U. S. United States. 
 
 Vide. See. 
 
 Viz. Namely. 
 
 Vol, Volume. 
 
 V. R, Queen Victoria. 
 
 vs. Against, in oj)position to. 
 
 W. I. West Indies. 
 
 Xuias. Christmas. 
 
 Yd. 
 Yr, 
 
 Yard. 
 Year. 
 
ORAPTOX'S WORD AND SENTENCE ROOK 
 
 language Lesson— Till-: MILLER oP TIIK DEE 
 
 There dwelt ii inill(M\ lialo and bold, 
 
 lieHi<le the river Deo ; 
 He wrought nnd saii^ from morn till night ; 
 
 No lurk more l)lithe than he ; 
 And tliirt the burden of hi« wong 
 
 Forever used to be : 
 " I envy no one — no, not I ! 
 
 And no one onvieH mo ! " 
 
 ** Tiiou'rt Avrong, my friend," said old King Ilal- 
 
 " A8 wrong aw wrong ean bo ; 
 For could my lioart be light as thine. 
 
 I'd gladly change with thee. 
 And tell me, now, Avhat makes thee ning 
 
 With voice 8o loud and free, 
 AVhile I am wid, tliongh I'm the king. 
 
 Beside the river Deo ?'' 
 
 173 
 
 rp 
 
 The miller nmiled and doffed his cap. 
 
 " I earn my broad," quoth ho ; 
 *^ I love my wife ; I love my friend ; 
 
 I love my children three ; 
 I owe no one I cannot pay ; 
 
 I thank the river Dee, 
 That turns the mill that grinds the corn 
 
 To feed my babes and me." 
 
 *' Good friend," said Hal, and sighed the while, 
 
 " Farewell, and happy be ; 
 ]iut say no more, if thou'dst be true. 
 
 That no one envies thee. 
 Thy mealy cap is worth my crown ; 
 
 Thy mill, my kingdom's fee. 
 Such men as thou art England's boast, 
 
 miller of the Dee/^ 
 
174 GFAPTON'S WORD AND SENTENCE BOOK 
 
 1. Have the poem carefully road aloud in the class. 
 
 2 Draw from the pupils as far as possible and develop the meaning 
 of ,he words: hah, hold, wrought, hlithe, burden, envy, light, sad, 
 doffed, earn, quoth, sighed, croum, fee, honsf. 
 
 Have the i)upils make oral or written sentences, usinL' each word 
 correctly. 
 
 S. Develop the i)lan, incidents, and moral of the story, and impress 
 them dearly on the minds of the pupils, mainly by questions touching 
 every important point, as follows : 
 
 How many stanzas, or paragraphs, in the story ? The first paragraph 
 IS about whom ? What three words describe him ? What is said 
 about his industry ? Repeat his song. 
 
 In the second paragraph, who speaks to the miller ? What does he 
 say about the miller's song ? What would he gladly do to have a heart 
 as happy as the miller's ? What does ho ask the miller to tell him ? 
 
 In the tliird paragrajih, what docs tlie miller do at first ? How does 
 he say he gets a living ? He loves whom ? What does he say about 
 his debts ? He thanks what, and for what ? 
 
 In tb.e fourth paragraph, what does the king do that shows his sad- 
 ness? What does he say in his first sentence? What does he say 
 about the miller's mealy cap? About his mill? 
 
 Tell what you know about millers. Tell what you know about kings 
 Why was the miller happy and the king sad? What is the moral of 
 this story? 
 
 4. Have the substance of the entire story reproduced orally in the 
 class without questions or assistance from the teacher. 
 
 5, Have the pupils make brief notes of the points or topics of the 
 subject. Let these be well considered in the class, and the pupils, 
 under the guidance of the teacher, select the important ones, write 
 then: on the blackboard, and then re-arrange them methodically. It is 
 of the first importance that the pupils shall learn to note and arrange 
 their own topics. In doing this they should indicate the paragraphing. 
 
 Notes or topics suggested for the reproduction of the poem 
 above : 
 
 The miller : Described. What he did. His song. 
 
 The king : Said about the song. So light a heart. Tell him what ? 
 
 The miller : Did what? Loved whom? His debts. Thanked. 
 
GRAFTON'S WORD AXD SENTENCE BOOK 175 
 
 The king : Plxpression of siidness. Said first. His request. Said 
 about the cap. About the mill. Men like the miller. 
 Something about millers. About kings. The moral lesson. 
 
 The basis of ever) good composition is correct and clear 
 thinking, and with yonng pupils the tlu.nght requires more 
 attention than the expression. 
 
 Dean Stanley says of the famous teacher, ])r. Arnold, that 
 it was his practice to teach, not by down-ponring, but by 
 questioning, and his questions were of a kind to call the 
 attention of the boys to the real i)oint of every subject. 
 
 This subject having becji taught as indicated above, let 
 the pupils deliberately write out the story in their own lan- 
 guage, and state its moral lesson. Those who have a more 
 fertile imagination, and greater facility of expression, should 
 be allowed to make additions in keeping with the original. 
 Do not expect, much less require, all to conform exactly to 
 one pattern. iNTature abhors such mechanical sameness. 
 Searching questions should be prepared in advance of the 
 teaching. No lesson should be so long as to weary the 
 pupils. There is sufficient work in this exercise for four 
 lessons. 
 
 Such lessons are interesting and valuable exercises both in 
 composition and spelling. Only a few selections for this 
 purpose are suggested here, as teachers can readily find suit- 
 able ones in readers and other books : 
 
 The May Queen, 
 
 Bingen on tlie Rhine, 
 
 The Soldier's Dream, 
 
 Lochiuvar, 
 
 Abou Ben Adhem, 
 
 Alfred Tennyson. 
 
 The lion. Caroline E. S. Xorton. 
 
 Thomas Campbell. 
 
 Sir Walter Scott. 
 
 J. II. Leiiih Hunt. 
 
 King Solomon and the Bees, John G. Saxe. 
 Jacques Cartier, Hon. T. D. McGee. 
 
 Santa Filomena, H. W. Longfellow. 
 
 The Three Fishers, Rev. Charles Kingslev. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Abbreviations, 41, 45, 50, 96, 
 
 111, 160, 171, 172. 
 AnImalH, 38, 43, 4S, 52, 9S. 
 Arohltecture, 123, 142. 
 Arithmetic, 45. 80, 104, 118. 
 Army, 111, 116. 
 Authors : 
 
 Addison 83. 
 
 Aldrlch, 137. 
 
 Allen, 40. 
 
 Aristotle, 78. 
 
 Beecher, 38, 82. 
 
 Browning, 66, 124. 
 
 Bryant, 24. 
 
 Byron, 1, 59, 65. 
 
 Carlyle, 73. 
 
 Gary Alice, 63. 
 
 Chesterfield, 44. 
 
 Clay, 161. 
 
 Dickens, 131. 
 
 Dryden, 26. 
 
 Dwlght, 133. 
 
 Franklin, 37, 56, 57, 116, 
 Goethe, 32. 
 Herbert, 100. 
 Herrlck, 3c>. 
 Holmes, 115. 
 Howltt, 14. 
 Irving, 117. 
 Jefferson, 27. 
 Jones, 161. 
 Longfellow, 99, 134. 
 Mann, 73. 
 Marsh, 39. 
 Moore, 91. 
 Payne, 32. 
 I'enn, 108. 
 Perclval, 30. 
 Phillips, 141. 
 
 Pope, 108. 
 Raleigh, 78. 
 Kead, 36. 
 
 Ruskin, 18, 103 125. 
 Scott, 114,110. 
 Shakespeare, 116, 113, i:.). 
 Tennyson, 105, 
 Webster, 161. 
 Whipple, 138. 
 
 Birds, 28. 
 Boats, 50. 
 
 Body, Parts of, 11,42, 101. 
 Business Forms, 132, 133, 135, 
 140. 
 
 Capital Letters, 14, 19, 25, 30, 
 
 31, 58, 75, 83, 128. 
 Church, 119. 
 Clothing, 13, 53. 
 Cloths, 66. 
 Color, 90. 
 
 Compound Words, 59, etc. 
 Contractions, 91. 
 
 Definitions, 4. 
 Diacritical Marks, 6. 
 Dictation, 14, 18, 19, 21, etc. 
 Diseases, 110, 117. 
 Dogs, 96. 
 Drawing, 82. 
 
 English Sovereigns, 101. 
 
 Famous Buildings, 101. 
 
 Farming, 56. 
 
 Fish, 62. 
 
 I< lowers, 35, 105. 
 
 Food, 17, 40, 41, 46. 
 
 Fruits, 36. 
 
 Gender, 87, 90. 
 Geography, 21, 26, 32, etc. 
 Geometry, 133. 
 Grammar, 72, 107. 
 Gulf Stream, 130. 
 
 History, 103, 107, 110, 114. 
 Homonyms, 60, 65, 71, 77, 81, 
 
 8j, 89, 93, 97, 158. 
 House, 32, 33. 
 
 Imports, 63, 94. 
 Insects, 52. 
 
 Language Lessons, 12, etc. 
 Letter-writing, 42, 47, 51, 55, 
 92, 94, 95, 9S. 
 
 Medicines, 112. 
 Mlnlnf,', 56, 76. 
 Miscellaneous Words, 130, 
 
 151, 152, IW, 15i, 153. 
 MoUusks, 108. 
 
 Municipal Goverument, 112. 
 Music, 57. 
 
 Names of Persons, 30, 62, 94, 
 
 103, 107, 144. 
 Natural History, 15, 24,30,35, 
 
 .39, 48, 52, 60, 62, 72, etc. 
 Natural Wonders of Dom. of 
 
 Canada, 93. 
 Newspaper Terms, 139. 
 
 Occupations, 43. 
 Opposites, 39, 88. 
 
 Phvsics, 121, 127, 129. 
 Picture Lessons, 12, 16, etc. 
 Plurals, 22, 38, 63, 64, 68, etc. 
 Possessives, 86. 
 Precious Stones, 76. 
 Prefixes, 104, 108, 111. 
 Printing, 139. 
 Pronunciation, 97, 99, 156. 
 Proverbs, 17, 27, 37, 44, 51, 
 
 100. 
 Punctuation, 23, 41, 45, 50, 57, 
 62, 69, 75, 86, 91, 113, 160, etc. 
 
 Quotations, 75, 78. 
 
 Railroad, 143. 
 Relatives, 26. 
 
 Review, 37, 54, 102, 145, 146. 
 Roots, Greek, 141, 171. 
 
 Latin, 136, 137, 138, 
 
 140, 164, 165, 171. 
 Rules for Spelling, 63, 64, 68, 
 
 69, 111, 124, 126, 128, 130, 
 
 132, 134. 
 
 Sound Chart, 5, 6, 7. 
 Suffixes, 113, 115, 118, 122, 124, 
 
 126, 128, 130, 132, 134. 
 Synonyms. 44, 46, 53, 58, 78, 
 
 88, 92, 94, 93, 117, 120. 
 Syllabication, 163. 
 
 Titles, 58. 
 Tools, 38. 
 Trees, 24. 
 
 Vegetables, 35, 38, 43. 
 Vehicles, 51. 
 
 Winds, 50. 
 
 Words, etc., French, 170. 
 
 Confused, 106, 109, 
 112. 
 " Why Difficult, 147. 
 
IS, 30, 02, 94, 
 
 15,24,30,35, 
 i, 72, etc. 
 1 of Dom. of 
 
 IS, 139. 
 
 129. 
 
 12, 16, etc. 
 , 64, 68, etc. 
 
 ,-6. 
 ,111. 
 
 17, 99, 156. 
 r, 37, 44, 51, 
 
 , 41, 45, 50, 57, 
 , 113, 160, etc. 
 
 .02, 145, 146. 
 
 41, 171. 
 
 136, 137, 138, 
 
 171. 
 
 ing, 63, 64, 68, 
 
 126, 128, 130, 
 
 , 6, 7. 
 
 5. 118, 122, 124, 
 132, 134. 
 46, 53, 58, 78, 
 , 117, 120. 
 163. 
 
 , 38, 43. 
 
 rench, 170. 
 ised, 106. 109, 
 
 Difficult, 147.